Está en la página 1de 559

S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.

com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

S-mount Re-counter: Triangle


14 November 2006 63 views No Comment

The s-mount game gets another layer deep with this tutorial. We’re entering the world of counters,
re-counters and combos.

This tutorial could have been broken in two. The second half is how I finish all of my triangles from guard,
but I thought I’d cover that too. So you should mentally apply this new knowledge to other triangle setups
than the one shown below.

Let’s get started.

I am going for the armbar from s-mount, which you should be familiar with by now.

1 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

But before I can pass my leg over for the armbar, Trog sharply turns into me and drives his elbow to the
floor, bringing it lower than my hips. This is a common armbar escape. With his elbow out, I have no
chance at recovering the armbar.

Once his elbow is out, I drop my hips on his arm and sit on it to trap it.

With my left arm, I swim my under their far arm and grab their elbow, with their wrist resting on the bend
of my elbow (as in the arm crush).

I am also leaning towards their far hip and posting on the mat for balance.

2 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

Leaning like this, my left leg is light and free to move. I stretch it out over their head…

...then bend it behind and around their head, trapping their head and far arm in the circle of my legs.

As I do this, I fall back and let them come up to their knees.

3 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

I am now on my back and Trog is on his knees. I have his head and arm trapped in the circle of my legs,
which is the start of the triangle, but at this point I am only crossing my ankles.

I could just close my triangle all the way right now, but that’s just because I have long legs. So for all of
you short legged suckers, here’s how I would have you continue. I also use this sequence when trying to
triangle guys with really broad shoulders.

I use my grip on the elbow to cross the arm.

Then I shove his arm all the way across with both hands.

4 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

With his arm across, I reach up with my right hand and grab my shin.

DO NOT grab your foot or ankle on the outside. You can break your ankle and heelhook yourself by
pulling out here. It will also give you less leverage to break their posture since your ankle bends and your
shin does not.

5 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

With a grip on my shin, I open my legs and step on their hip with my right foot. I keep my right knee
squeezed tight to their shoulder so they cannot pull their elbow out that side.

This simple grip on the shin is what I consider the most important point to do to prevent them from
posturing out to escape. As you work to close the triangle, never uncross your ankles without grabbing
your shin first, and likewise, never let go of your shin without crossing your ankles (or closing your
triangle) first. You need to pull down on your shin to keep constant pressure on them and break their
posture.

Now I reach inside their knee with my left hand. This is another point that I think everyone should do.
You can use it to turn for a better finishing angle, you can use it to sweep them to a mounted triangle if
they try to stack, and it prevents them from slamming you if they stand.

6 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

Pushing on the hip with your right foot and pulling your head to their knee with your left arm, turn
yourself perpendicular to them. You’ll know you’ve got a good angle when you can look in their ear.

Keep turning, stepping on the mat to help if you need to, until your calf is chopping on the back of his
neck. You don’t want your leg on his back or shoulders at all if you can help it.

7 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

With a great angle on the neck, I close my triangle, throwing the bend of my right knee over my left ankle.

To finish, I pull down on the head, thrust my hips up and away and stiffening my back (not pulling him
into me and bending at the waist, which helps him stack—a detail I picked up from Dean Lister’s movie)
and squeezing my knees.

In my opinion, squeezing the knees is the most important detail to finishing the triangle that most people
miss. Whenever I hear someone complain about how hard they have to fight to finish what seems to be a
good triangle or say that the choke is a “slow one”, I ask them to show me how they do it and they usually
pull down on the head and lift their hips really hard, but not squeeze their knees. Once I add that detail, it
becomes a very fast choke.

Added bonus!

8 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

Here’s a little variation I’ve been doing that turns this into an triangle-armbar combo.

When I go to underhook their leg…

...I make sure I reach over their arm, trapping it in my armpit.

9 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

Now when I lift my hips, they get to enjoy an armlock too.

Yes, I’m aware that my triangle isn’t closed tight in many of these finishing photos. I didn’t feel like
making Trog suffer any more than needed.

God, I’m awesome.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

What Liposuction Can't Do


Vaser can! Superior results, Better Recovery,
Outpatient, Economical
www.TLCClinic.com
Circle Apartments Cavill
The Perfect Place To Relax & Revive Great
Specials. Call Us Today!
www.ecircleoncavill.com.au
Try OsteoEase for Relief
Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
better & heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass

10 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast


Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007

11 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/33/s-mount-re-counter-triangle/

July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

12 of 12 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Better than Liposuction


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down
Mat Survival Secrets Time Results In 1 Session!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.tlcclinic.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar


14 November 2006 64 views No Comment

The triangle is the second major attack I use from s-mount. Here is one way of getting it that works off the
same grip as I use to take the armbar.

I am trapping the near arm for the armbar (hugging my hip, elbow to elbow), and Trog is defending like
always. With my right hand, I grab his far wrist and shove it down and away from me.

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

As I push his arm down, I throw my right leg over the arm.

I bring my right leg towards his head, trying to get my calf on his neck and my foot behind his head.

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

I lean towards his far hip, posting on the mat for balance. I base on my right knee as I bring my leg deeper
around his head and neck.

I triangle my legs and come back to center for a mounted triangle.

Now for some troubleshooting. An opponent who is wise to the triangle will often try to defend it by not
letting the leg pass over their far arm.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

Here we see me going for the triangle but Trog is holding his wrist and trying to keep his far arm inside so
I can’t get the triangle.

I wedge my right hand in the exposed bend of his elbow.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

I drive my arm through as deeply as I can.

I remove the arm completely by prying it out by pulling their arm and opening my elbow. From here, just
continue with the triangle like usual.

That’s not all the trouble we’ll get though. Another common defense is to try to do a backdoor escape as
the leg passes over. Here is a re-counter that picked up from David Camarillo’s new book, as well as
Jean-Jacques Five Favorite Finishes video (though he does it from guard).

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

As I go for the triangle, Trog grabs my leg with his outside arm and tries to shove it over his head as he
scoots out the back.

I keep my hold on his near arm so he doesn’t pull out all the way. My right leg comes to the near side of
his head.

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

I throw my left leg over their head.

And fall back to finish a very tight armbar.

Hooha.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

Better than Liposuction


Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com
1 Trick for a Flat Belly:
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
FingerTPS System
Hi-res flexible sensors w/ video Precisely measure
hand forces
www.pressureprofile.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Triangle + Troubleshooting + Armbar | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | B... http://www.aesopian.com/32/s-mount-triangle-troubleshooting-armbar/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:42
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Dancer Arm Rotary Sensor


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Rotation Sensor for Dancer Arm Tensioner
Mat Survival Secrets Control Sensor
TheWiseGrappler.com www.everightsensors.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

S-mount Far Arm Attacks


14 November 2006 67 views No Comment

While the armbar on the near arm is the primary attack from s-mount, I have several ways of dealing with
the far arm too. I use these to backup my armbar attempt, since they can counter defensive grips and set
me up to take the arm. Even if they fail, you rarely lose position for attempting them.

The trigger for each of the three armlocks below is the direction their arm is point. One if it’s up, one if
it’s down and the last if it’s in between.

First, the americana.

I have s-mount. I am reaching behind their head to hold my ankle and cinch the position tighter. I am
posting with my right hand on the mat by their hips and my foot is somewhat behind me for balance. My
chest leaning over them so I stay tight. My weight is low so I am harder to roll over.

1 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

I see their far arm is by their face, so I grab the wrist with my left hand and push it down.

I reach behind their upper arm and grab my own wrist, figure-fouring my arms. I can crank it from here to
finish it without driving their arm to the ground. This is a very harsh submission so be careful with it.

Oh, and no thumbs. Monkey grip.

To show how you can use an attack on the far arm to setup an armbar on the near one, let’s say they
defend the americana.

2 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

They try to escape by turning away and driving their elbow to the mat.

I release the americana and hook their near arm (grab my hip, elbow to elbow) and lean towards their far
hip, posting on the mat for balance.

3 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

Then I pass my left leg over the head.

And sit back in spider web, crossing my ankles and hugging the near knee. All of this (the armbar and
spider web) were covered in the first tutorial.

Now the kimura.

4 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

I have s-mount and Trog is trying to create some space under my leg so he can elbow escape and bring his
knee in.

I grab his wrist with my right hand.

5 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

I push his hand down to the mat and to my left, trying to get his elbow to make a 90 degree angle, as I
reach under his arm with my left hand.

I figure-four my arms for the kimura. To finish, I lean forward and base with my right elbow on the mat as
I turn towards his head and crank the arm.

Again, no thumbs.

Lastly, the arm crush.

6 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

I have s-mount and Trog’s arms are more or less in the middle, not pointing up or down as in the last two
bent arm locks.

I thread my right arm between his forearms and grab his far elbow. It’s important that I swim my arm into
place in such a way that he wrist is resting on top of my elbow.

7 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

I pull the elbow to me, straightening his arm and turning towards me.

I keep pulling the arm, lifting it by levering my elbow up, until it is on my shoulder. I lean into it and tilt
my head to trap their wrist on my shoulder like I’m holding a phone without my hands.

8 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

To finish, I get his elbow in the crook of mine, then I grab my opposite elbows. I lean towards his far hip
as I hug his arm to my chest and arch my back. Make sure you the pressure stays on their elbow and
doesn’t slide up and down their arm. The power of this armlock should come from your back and
shoulders and your body weight leaning into the arm, not just your arms squeezing theirs.

Believe it or not, you can use this arm crush as a grip break to the armbar defense I showed in the first
tutorial. Give it a try.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Euromate Fume Extraction


Euromate welding fume extraction. A great
solution in any workplace.
www.euromate.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Golf Flexibility Exercise
Fast Golf Performance Enhancement Top Golf
Flexibility Exercises Work
www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com
Shoulder Exercises
Pain free shoulder program Shoulder exercises to
recover
ShoulderWithoutPain.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp

9 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

The “No Posture” Pass


UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007

10 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Far Arm Attacks | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/31/s-mount-far-arm-attacks/

August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

11 of 11 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

Grapplers Over 40 Only ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Mat Survival Secrets Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break


14 November 2006 544 views One Comment

Last night, for no reason at all, I was struck with the urge to put together tutorial on how I do mount
without the gi. So that’s what I did.

My best game from mount is all built on the s-mount, which is where one of my legs is pointing up
towards their head, making an S out of my legs. I have seen very little information on s-mount online, in
books and in DVDs, so I figured I’d show what I’ve come up with so far.

Below is how I setup the s-mount, how I take the armbar from it and a bonus armbar defense grip breaker.
So this is really a three-in-one tutorial.

I’m flexible enough to just jump into this s-mount much preparation, but for best results and less strain,
you’ll want to start like this:

1 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

I’ve got mount with both hands posting on the mat above his head for base.

I slide my left knee up, driving it under his arm. I was doing this slowly until Leo Kirby showed me how
Marcelo taught him to just force the knee forward with battering ram speed.

Once my knee is up by his head, I swing my other leg around…

2 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

...and fold it under his far armpit, so it’s point up towards his head.

Be careful when you do this movement that you don’t give him space to elbow escape and bring his knee
in. I stay tight and heavy with my thigh on his body and make the smallest circle with my foot possible.

After driving my knee up and folding my other leg, I should be sitting with my hips behind his shoulder,
with his elbows being forced to his chest.

3 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

I keep turning and driving my knee up until their head is resting on my thigh.

My rear foot is somewhat behind me and I’m posting with my right hand on the far side of their hips for
base. I am leaning forward with my chest low so my weight remains on them and I’m less likely to fall
backwards or forwards.

Maybe you need long arms and legs like me, but I’ll reach behind their head and grab my ankle. This puts
pressure on the head and pulls my leg in tighter.

I can also grab the far knee and hug it to take away their bridging power.

This is s-mount, the base of operations from which all attacks will be launched.

4 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

But no, you won’t be happy if I end here. Where’s the submissions? What about the buku big attacks?

Well, here’s an armbar for you.

You may have noticed that Trog was already doing a RNC grip to defend the impending armbar. This is
where we pick up.

I thread my left hand through his arms. I reach until I can grab my right hip and we are elbow to elbow.

I lean forward and to my right, towards his far hip. This puts a lot of weight on his chest and makes my
left leg light and free to move.

5 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

While leaning towards his far hip, I pass my left leg over his head.

I sit back and cross my ankles. I go right over left so the top one is holding my leg across their face.

I’ve seen a lot of arguments over whether or not to cross the ankles when doing armbars, so I’ll explain
why I cross them now. If my feet are under their far arm, I’ll cross my ankles to lock the shoulder in
place. I will not cross my ankles otherwise since it wouldn’t lock their upper body and instead makes my
legs a single unit which is easier to throw off when doing escapes.

6 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

I switch from hugging the far leg to the near one. This is the position that Eddie Bravo calls the spider
web. If you have his book, he goes over it in great detail and has a lot of great grip breaks he does to get
the armbar or alternate submissions and transitions to other positions like taking the back.

Eddie does such a good job of addressing this position that I actually thought I might just end this here,
saying to check his book if you have any questions on how to proceed. I use mostly his material from
here, like the slide grip break and switching to the triangle, and I didn’t feel like just copying out of his
book for my tutorial.

But I decided I should follow through and try to offer something new. So here is a grip break that I
haven’t seen covered anywhere else yet.

I am sitting with spider web. My right arm is holding their knee and my left arm is hugging their near arm

7 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

(elbow-to-elbow, grabbing my hip).

Here’s some advice that was given to me that really helped me learn to overcome armbar defenses: Stop
and examine the grip, then figure out a smart way to break. You should be in control and have the time to
inspect it and figure out a good solution.

Everyone runs into the problem of people defending the almost-on armbar. Some just jerk on the arm and
kick the far arm and hope it’ll all just fly open. And this works, but I think you can find more intelligent
ways to open them up.

So let’s take a look—how is Trog defending the armbar? He is making the RNC grip even stronger by
grabbing both elbows. I don’t have room to step on his biceps even if I tried, and jerking on the arm won’t
do much against this.

Here’s how I unlock this.

I wedge my right hand between his forearms…

8 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

...and reach through until I’ve trapped the wrist of the arm I want to attack in the crock of my elbow.

I take my left arm out and grab his hand. And yes, hold the hand itself, not just the wrist. You need
control over which direction the thumb is pointing for the next step.

9 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

In one big, quick motion, lean to the side their head is on…

...then swing out and fall back, pulling their arm free…

10 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

...and continuing the same motion, swing back to center and finish the armbar.

You need to be very wary of them doing the hitch hiker escape when you use this grip break. That is
where they point their thumb over their head (like they’re a hitch hiker), bend their arm and then spin out
of the armbar and come to their knees. This is where your grip on the hand is important. You use it to
counter the escape by turning their thumb back towards their hips, away from the direction you swing out.
This turns their arm so they can’t bend their elbow and do the escape.

Be careful when doing his grip break since the swinging motion can catch the elbow at odd angles,
especially if you’re turning their hand and they try to hitch hiker.

I recommend you drill how to take s-mount and the armbar that I’ve shown here to get started. The rest of
this series builds on these.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

OldDog53 said:

Since I’m getting sat upon and shat upon by an S-mounting mofo I thought I’d look up your
S-mount materials. Hopefully I will find some defenses as I work my way through your tutorials.

# 31 July 2007 at 12:21 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

11 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

Pinch Gauge
Hand Strength Measurement Repair and
Calibration Service
www.bleng.com/pinch.htm
Better than Liposuction
Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com
Hand Pressure Sensors
Analyze Hand Ergonomic pressures Improve
Product Designs
www.PressureProfile.com
Try OsteoEase for Relief
Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
better & heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

12 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

13 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
S-mount Basics + Armbar + Grip Break | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/30/s-mount-basics-armbar-grip-break/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

14 of 14 09/06/2009 8:43
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

Grapplers Over 40 Only 1 Trick for a Flat Belly:


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body
Mat Survival Secrets fat, but this method does
TheWiseGrappler.com www.GetLeanAbs411.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard


13 November 2006 195 views No Comment

The second technique I took photos of today was a move I thought I developed. But I didn’t. I “made it
up” one day and was further convinced of my genius, but later realized that I’d seen it in Nino Schembri’s
omoplata instructional and forgotten it, until it subconsciously resurfaced while I was rolling.
Nevertheless, I’ve taken it and infused it with the rubber guard I picked up at Eddie’s seminar, which is
what I present to you today.

Notice that I don’t use any gi grips, so don’t cry for a no-gi version just because my dummy is wearing a
gi.

My training partner is Jon, who was awarded his blue belt just yesterday.

1 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

Jon is in my closed guard with good posture (head up, back straight, hands on my chest).

2 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

I open my guard and put my feet on the floor, scooting back as I sit up and gable grip behind his head.

I fall back, pulling him down to break his posture. My right foot goes to his hip, and if I can’t step on his
hip, I know I’m too close and need to scoot higher. I need to be able to push his hip away to keep from
being stacked.

3 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

Now and throughout this and all rubber guard moves, keep constant pressure with your legs, squeezing
your knees, curling your legs. This will prevent them from pushing your legs down and driving a knee
through your guard.

Notice how he put his hands on my chest. If he just posted on the floor I’d skip ahead and go straight to
overhooking and New York.

I bring my left foot high on his back and hook under it with my right wrist for mission control. Notice that
I am not using the fingers or even the palm of my hand, but the actual wrist.

Squeeze knees, leg curls.

4 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

My left fist comes under his right elbow and punches up through the inside.

5 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

I zombie my hand to the sky, which puts his arm on the ground and in my armpit so I can overhook it.

With his arm overhooked, I hug around my knee and grab my shin for New York. Squeeze knees, leg
curls.

6 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

I let go of mission control with my right hand and do a big circular karate block over his head, bringing my
arm down on the other side of his head.

I regrip my shin with my wrist for what is called chill dog. Why? Because by now they know you want the
omoplata and will try to hug your leg to stop you from turning out for it, so you need to “chill, dog” and
wait for it.

7 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

Not content to chill, I pull my foot in front of Jon’s face.

Time for the kung fu move, which may be hard to understand from photos since it’s a seemingly minor
movement but one that Eddie is very adamant about being done precisely. Without taking my hand off my
shin, I lift my elbow and circle my forearm behind my foot.

8 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

As it comes around, I straighten my foot and bring my palm to the other side of my shin.

With my hand now on the other side of my ankle, I push it, forcing his head away and turning my so I can
enter the omoplata.

9 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

But as I’m turning out for the omoplata, Jon grabs my knee and presses it to the ground, trying to stop me
and probably start bringing his knee through my guard.

I reach out and grab his elbow.

10 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

I yank his elbow to me as I kick my leg straight, breaking his grip off my knee.

With his arm pulled to me, I triangle my legs around it and the arm in the omoplata.

11 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

Both hands grab his wrist and make sure his thumb is pointing up as I pull his arm down and arch my hips
to submit him with an armbar. Or an omoplatarmbar, as it were.

If he managed to pull his elbow out of the armbar, I can just go back to the omoplata.

Enjoy.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass

12 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast


Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007

13 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Omoplatarmbar from Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/25/omoplatarmbar-from-rubber-guard/

July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

14 of 14 09/06/2009 8:44
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

Free TuneUp Utilities 2008


April 14, 2009 by maseko
TuneUp Utilities merupakan salah satu software komersial
untuk Windows yang dapat digunakan untuk berbagai fungsi
seperti meningkatkan performance, pembersihan hardisk,
mengelola dan mengatur berbagai fungsi pada Windows, dan
juga beberapa tool tambahan.

Melalui salah satu halaman webnya, Chip.de berbagi akses


download TuneUP Utilities 2008 beserta lisence key-nya yang
dikemas dalam sebuah file zip. Sayangnya, paket download
installer TuneUp Utilities 2008 tersebut, seperti halnya halaman web yang menginformasikannya, juga
menggunakan bahasa Jerman. Untungnya lisence key yang diberikan di dalamnya tetap dapat digunakan
untuk TuneUp Utilities 2008 yang didownload langsung dari website TuneUp dengan interface Bahasa
Inggris.

Jika memang tertarik untuk menggunakan TuneUp Utilities 2008 tersebut, Anda dapat langsung
mendownload installernyanya dari website Tune-Up yang menggunakan interface Bahasa Inggris melalui
alamat ini. Lakukan instalasi, dan pada saat pertama kali menjalankan akan Anda temui pilihan versi Trial
atau full version yang memerlukan product key. Disinilah, Anda dapat menggunakan product key yang
diberikan Chip.de, yaitu: RFEAH-CDXKX-UMFBW-GSCES-YFWCM-WUHWB. Pada penggunaan
selanjutnya, TuneUP Utilities 2008 tersebut sudah teregistrasi secara penuh.

Posted in Free Stuff, Software

Tulisan lain yang mungkin terkait dengan tulisan di atas:

1. SatuVISI Indict: Kamus Gratis Inggris-Indonesia dan Indonesia-Inggris


2. Ubah Teks ke Suara dengan VozMe
3. Raptor, Download Manager untuk Rapidshare
4. Yahoo! Surat: Pemberitahuan Surat SMS
5. Menggunakan Google Translate Melalui Nice Translator

40 Responses to “Free TuneUp Utilities 2008”

#1
Dee Tree said on April 14, 2009, 12:06 pm:
Terimakasih infonya mas,saya pertama ya?

1 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#2
rojali said on April 14, 2009, 12:18 pm:
mulai produktif lagi nih
trims infonya.

#3
JagoanNeon said on April 14, 2009, 12:24 pm:
Thanks info nya bro …
wah mulai idup lagi nech … asik asik ,,,
keep posting yeach ,,,

#4
didin said on April 14, 2009, 12:38 pm:
wah…ini Genuine ya mas…
saya cobain ah…

#5
echa bintang timur said on April 14, 2009, 12:55 pm:
mantap,…… original man….

#6
Dee Tree said on April 14, 2009, 12:59 pm:
Sudah saya coba,success mas

#7
jangan buang said on April 14, 2009, 1:32 pm:
wah gratis dan ori neh
thanks infonya

2 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#8
fachru said on April 14, 2009, 2:24 pm:
enak nih, dah gratis full feature lagi, banyak gunanya lagi nih TU

#9
Ali said on April 14, 2009, 2:45 pm:
sekarang kan sudah tahun 2009,, kenapa gak pake yang tahun ini aja bang,, apa ada kelebihan lain
antara 2008 dengan 2009?.. boleh saya tahu dimana dan bagaimana kah kelebihannya itu? ;D

maseko: alasan versi mana yang diberikan, saya tidak tahu, tapi beberapa software lain juga
begitu, membebaskan versi lama sampai pengguna terpikat dan membeli yang versi baru.

#10
Acez Crewz said on April 14, 2009, 3:14 pm:
Wew…
Ternyata baru setelah Tune Up 2009 Keluar, Tune Up 2008 di bagi - bagikan gratis.
Atau apa mungkin license keynya bisa dipakai buat yang 2009?

Btw,
Ini legal kan?

maseko: saya belum mencoba product key tersebut untuk yang TU2009

#11
Michael said on April 14, 2009, 3:31 pm:
wah hebat jadi tune up utilites 2008 ini legalkan mas syukur jadi gak perlu cari-cari software gratisan lagi

3 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#12
Dels said on April 14, 2009, 3:39 pm:
biasanya lisensi software dibagi2in di akhir quartal (misal April, yg merupakan awal quartal ke-2).
.
tapi entah software apakah itu… gw sih biasa cek di blognya Lifehacker atau Ghack soal infonya.
.
Btw buat yg serius hunting license software komersil, kunjungi : http://www.giveawayoftheday.com/ disini
disediain license utk 1 software komersil setiap harinya

#13
Si kumb@ng said on April 14, 2009, 3:46 pm:
sama yang 2007, bagus yang mana mas ?

maseko: kalau tambahan fitur itu sudah pasti dan umunya ada berbagai perbaikan.

#14
http://lowpriceoke.blogspot.com/ said on April 14,
2009, 4:24 pm:
kalo kerusakan filenya ga seberapa pake tune up ga ngaruh…

#15
Windu said on April 14, 2009, 7:32 pm:
Hmm ada juga yang berbaik hati untuk memberikan SN-nya.

#16
Vai said on April 14, 2009, 8:49 pm:
Waaww, itu serial code yg legal bukan ya? :/

tapi tool ini berguna banget, dulu pnah dikasih ama tmn sy
great post ^^

Btw, ini pak eko teladan itu?

4 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#17
monk-q said on April 14, 2009, 10:01 pm:
TuneUp Utilities 2009 bukannya dah lama ada … knpa msti pke yang 2008 … ??

#18
Aldi said on April 15, 2009, 12:31 am:
Saya sudah pake TU2009.. lumayan oke programnya.. simpel..

#19
jojo said on April 17, 2009, 12:24 am:
wah mas saya pernah pakai TU baik v2009 & v2008,
beberapa kali saya mengalami kjadian yg sama,
yaitu windows saya sering hAng.
sehingga saya musti reInstal berkali-kali

apakah ini akibat dari pemakaian TU?


terus terang saya msh belum yakin ini akibat dari TU,
karena pentingnya software ini maka mohon infonya Mas,
thanks;)

#20
Om Dadang said on April 18, 2009, 7:59 pm:
oke juga tuh,cuman terkadang bikin hang,ada solusi.saya pake P 4 2,4 GB,Ram 512 MB

#21
Download Gratis said on April 19, 2009, 4:19 pm:
wah mas uda jaman’a TU2009 sekarang mah..
saya juga pake itu…

kalo mau download silahkan masuk link saya…


GRATIS..

5 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#22
Harry M said on April 19, 2009, 11:21 pm:
Thanks berat MasEko, ini bener2 yang saya butuhkan…

#23
jenggot said on April 20, 2009, 1:32 am:
Halo… lam kenal mas
Setahu saya download dari official websitenya (versi inggris) dah gak bisa lagi menggunakan license dari
chip.de
Tapi ada cara lain yaitu dengan menghapus file resourcesnya (biasanya ada di C:\Program Files\Visagesoft
\eXPert PDF\Resources). Boleh kunjungi http://for-free-on-internet.com/2009/04/expert-pdf-5-
professional-and-tuneup-utilities-2008-easter-gifts-from-chipde/ tuk keterangan lebih lanjut…

#24
jenggot said on April 20, 2009, 2:44 am:
Duh maap…
Cara lain dari komen saya sebelumnya itu untuk software lain (expert PDF 5 Pro). Sekali lagi maaf ya…

#25
Masbolet said on April 21, 2009, 9:31 am:
Waduh . Mkch bngt neh . Ternyata versi register ampuh juga, he he he . Masbolet.blogspot.com

#26
Jasa Pasang Iklan said on April 21, 2009, 3:52 pm:
Wah…Thanks atas Informasinya..Saya dari dulu memang perlu Tune Up Software…Sengaja ndak pake
yang 2009 punya…Takut di detectsi ama Empunya…Mending pake yang 2008 aja…Ok…Sukses

#27
parulian said on April 21, 2009, 9:46 pm:

6 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

thanks ya, gua senang bngat tuh dah dapat key nya tune up, tambahan mas, tune up 2008 yang versi
inggris juga bisa make key nya, terbukti sama tune up ku sukses mas. dah fully.

klo ada key nya 1-abc Hard drive Washer 3.00 juga mas, lumayan bagus tuh buat ngebersihin sampah di
hardisk. ntar kirim ke emailku ya mas.

makasi banyak ya mas. sukses selalu.

#28
akhyar said on April 23, 2009, 5:13 pm:
bro,,taskbar gw ilang,,dihidden ma si virus..jd startnya kgak ada..gmn y cranya??>

#29
wildan said on April 25, 2009, 11:39 pm:
thanks banget, dah 3 hari nyari yang bener2 free kok susah banget. gak sengaja nyasar kesini malah dapat
rejeki. matur nuwun

#30
agus said on April 26, 2009, 1:30 pm:
thanks mas
setelah menunggu lama maseko nggak ngeblog
akhirnya ngeblog lagi dan bagi2 ilmu selalu

upahmu besar di surga

#31
Vendy said on April 26, 2009, 8:11 pm:
Thank TU Nya
aq Punya Maslah Port USB NIh. Port Aq tiba2 tidak detect semua mulaidariPortPrinter,Mouse dan Semua
Deh Setelah TakColokin Hd Portabel 3,5″ yang tidakpake casing next aq ganti pake PCI Usb. Tapi tetap
aja untuk Hd portable aq tidak deteksi cuman muncul Drive Aja Tanpa Labelkalau di klik Hang. Gmana
solusinya Thank Berat Bagi Rekan-rekanyang BISA

7 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#32
micio said on April 27, 2009, 9:18 am:
bisa untuk perbaiki os ya?

#33
Eko said on April 30, 2009, 1:39 pm:
Mas,

salam kenal…
mas aku mau tanya bagaimana sih caranya
ngeblok website ?

Thanks,
EKo

#34
maul said on May 1, 2009, 7:29 pm:
StepByStep :
1. Instal Tune Up Utilities 2008
cara instalnya sama Aja, Tinggal Next Terus…wkwkwkw

2. Setelah di Instal Buka


C:PROGRAMFILESTUNEUPUTILITIES2008
disitu Letak semua Programnya
1. Integrator.Exe
2. SystemOptimizer
3. dan yang lainnya…wkwkwkwk

3. Coba Jalankan File Integrator.exe


Clink…Akan muncul Window..Menunjukkan Program Trial

4. Sekarang Tutup Aplikasi Integrator.exe, Terus Ganti namanya Menjadi


Integrator.exe jadi Integrator1.exe

5. Jalankan dan Lihat…Clinkkkk Gak Nunjukkin Window Trialnya Lagi.

6. Silahkan Lakukan Cara yang sama Untuk System Optimezer dan


yang Lainnya.
——————————————————
M..mm.. Entah ini pantas dinamakan cracking atau tidak tapi itu tak masalahlah.. yg jelas.. selamat
menikmati software ini. “Ingat kalo memang mampu alias punya duit beli yg lisensinya karena bisa

8 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

menyelamatkan kehidupan programmernya. Tapi kalo Programmernya kira-kira dah kaya kau lihat…
udah crack aja kekekek “

#35
luthfie fadhillah said on May 3, 2009, 11:52 am:
nice informasion veryververy helpful…

Sucsess yoo..

#36
jie said on May 5, 2009, 3:32 pm:
wahh thanks ya bossss

#37
joko said on May 20, 2009, 9:58 am:
thanks for mr maul, its tips also worked on tu utilities 2009
its very useful
thanks again mr maul

#38
yukam said on May 27, 2009, 6:51 am:
Waduh, Thanks banget Boss,ternyata yang gue cari selama ini ada disini,sukses Boss.

#39
pangeran Kesepian said on May 27, 2009, 11:56 pm:
mantap dah….
gue ckg udh pny Tune Up 2008

mksh bro…..

qlo ada yg 2009…jgn lupa bagi2 ya…hehheehe

9 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Free TuneUp Utilities 2008 | maseko's weblog http://maseko.com/2009/04/14/free-tuneup-utilities-2008/

#40
heri said on May 29, 2009, 12:41 am:
thanks yah Om…

10 of 10 08/06/2009 14:40
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

Grapplers Over 40 Only Pinch Gauge


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Hand Strength Measurement Repair and
Mat Survival Secrets Calibration Service
TheWiseGrappler.com www.bleng.com/pinch.htm

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard


13 November 2006 123 views No Comment

Today, before pulling up and cleaning all the mats in the entire school, I took some photos of two
techniques I wanted to share. My training partner in these is Jon, who was awarded his blue belt just the
day before.

The first of these is a triangle setup that uses what I’m calling the Lazy Man’s London or the Know-gi
Rubber Guard.

From closed guard, cross grip the sleeve and hold the wrist. I’m using a pistol grip since I don’t like my
fingers turning into claws when they break the grip.

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

They get to one foot as they go to stand. As they start to get to their second foot, they will be momentarily
off balance. Quickly do a crunch and bring your knees to your head (without opening your guard) so they
fall forward.

As they fall forward, pull their arm over your head. Your other hand reaches up through the middle and
overhooks their arm.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

Bring your leg up and reach behind your knee. Keep pulling with your other hand over your head.

With the hand behind your leg, grab the back of their collar. This grip acts like London and lets you easily
keep an overhook on their arm.

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

To show how secure this grip is, I had Jon try to stand and lift me while I open my guard and hold on with
nothing but my hand on the collar.

Back on the ground, I’ve let go of the sleeve and grabbed the wrist of their free arm instead. I’ve brought
my knee up towards my chest and I’m using my shin to push his arm away.

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

I can bring my foot up and step on his biceps to keep pushing his arm away.

I clear his arm and bring my leg up over his shoulder, closing my guard around his head and trapped arm.
You can let go off your grips now and pull your shin to close the triangle tighter.

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

Grab his wrist with both hands and lift your hips so you can…

...cross his arm to the other side.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

Reach inside his leg and pull your head to his knee, turning you perpendicular to him. This gives you a
better angle and contact with just his neck.

Lift your hips, pull the head and squeeze your knees to finish.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

BJJers Over 30 Only


Stop Getting Run Off The Mat! Learn 7 Mat Punk
Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
FingerTPS System
Hi-res flexible sensors w/ video Precisely measure
hand forces
www.pressureprofile.com
Pinch Gauge
Hand Strength Measurement Repair and
Calibration Service
www.bleng.com/pinch.htm
Cable Protectors
Worlds Premier Cable Protector Get Yellow Jacket
Protectors Now
www.yjams.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Lazy London and the Gi-dependant Rubber Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques ... http://www.aesopian.com/24/lazy-london-and-the-gi-dependant-rubber...

May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:44
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Triangle Push-up Sweep


13 November 2006 109 views 2 Comments

This is a simple move I’ve been using a lot lately. It came to me while I was doing passing the guard
drilling and kept getting triangles. Everyone was doing the escape where they drive my knee to the mat
but I didn’t really feel like fighting too hard to finish the triangle like this, so I just made this move. It has
worked well on everyone ever since.

It can be used as a re-counter or as a sweep in itself. Or maybe it’s a re-counter that is a sweep. Either
way, I’ll start by showing it as a re-counter to their triangle escape attempt.

Shazam! I’ve got a triangle.

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

They grab my kneecap with both hands and drive it to the ground.

They’re going to try to escape by sprawling into me and posturing towards where my legs are crossed
while pulling my knee down. If done right, this will force my triangle open.

So before they can do all that, I start doing my re-counter.

Keeping my triangle closed tightly, I twist and try to go belly down and put my chest on the mat.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

As soon as I’ve twisted, I do push-up…

...and walk backwards on my hands…

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

...ending in a mounted triangle.

But not everyone will go to down so easily. Especially so if I go for this move as a sweep without them
trying the above escape (so they’re in a fairly normal posture). They may try to posture and post on the
mat with their outside hand to base and defend the sweep.

My solution?

I just do an even bigger push-up and keep walking backwards on my hands. Fancy!

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

I keep doing this, pushing up and driving my hips into them, trying to bring my hips higher than their
posture, until they’re unable to resist the sweep. You can see in the photo how his arm is no longer posting
in a way that prevents him from falling over.

So over he goes.

And if that wasn’t enough awesomeness for you, I’ll throw this in, free of charge:

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

Since I sometimes have trouble applying good finishing pressure with the triangle from mount, I’ll grab an
americana on the trapped arm.

Good times.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

KeithM said:

since you reviewed the essential guard, i assume you own it. turn to page 184, technique 82. this is
what i use in this situation(not the same entry)... but i do like the idea of sweeping to mount…i think
i’m gonna play with your tech.

thanks a bunch.

# 11 December 2006 at 8:45 pm

codemonkey76 said:

“Good times”, classic aesopian!!!

# 9 January 2007 at 11:18 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

Wison Corp. - Fingerprint


Provide fingerprint's module, product, embedded
Solution.
www.wison.com.tw
7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Try Osteo-Ease for Joint
Pain Relief, Maximize your body's ability to repair
& heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com
FingerTPS System
Hi-res flexible sensors w/ video Precisely measure
hand forces
www.pressureprofile.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
Triangle Push-up Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/23/triangle-push-up-sweep/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:45
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Refurbished C-Arms


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 GE/OEC/Philips/Siemens/Mini C-Arms 1-Year
Mat Survival Secrets Warranty-Better-Than-New
TheWiseGrappler.com www.IntegrityMed.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

LDHG/DHG in Photos
11 May 2008 318 views 5 Comments

Before I shot video, I took these photos of the basic long distance and deep half guard sweep that I use.
This is the same one that I show in the first video.

Basic long distance half guard posture. Knee in the hip to maintain space and turn my on my side. Ankles
crossed, left over right. Left hand on the shoulder, forearm framing the neck. Right hand controlling the
far arm at the wrist or biceps.

He cannot underhook me when my arm is framing his neck. He also can’t overhook for the brabo. I can
use the knee to make space and choose when I want to dive for the underhook. The right hand keeps the
crossface away.

If he tries to drive in while sprawling his leg, I push off on his neck and pull my feet towards my butt to

1 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

keep his leg trapped.

If he is particularly intent on crossfacing, I can go to the double paw and protect my face.

When I feel I have good control of the far arm, I slide my right hand to the wrist and reach over the arm
with my left for the kimura.

If I wanted to finish the kimura, I’d hug his arm to my chest and shrimp my hips under him and work from
there.

2 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

But he’s smart and postures up and straightens his arm and rips it out, but because he’s posturing and
freeing his arm, the threat of the crossface is gone and he’s giving me access to his far knee.

I immediately dive under the leg with my right hand, bring my head to the thigh and gable grip my hands
together.

3 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

My knee is still on his hip to carry his weight. I’m trying to bring my elbow and knee together to create a
frame against him.

Elbow and knee touching. Also notice how I have my feet crossed. The simple detail of my left being over
my right makes a huge difference in terms of how strongly I can hold him in my half guard.

4 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

My left arm becomes a shield to cover my head and hide my face so he can’t crossface. He’ll just slide off
the top of my head.

I scoot my hips underneath him and try to throw his weight to his front. Notice how this puts his weight on
his hands, making it hard for him to reach back and crossface. My elbow and knee are still touching, and
my elbow is now jamming into his ribs/stomach to keep his weight off.

5 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

I may need to open my ankles now as I rock him over me so my knee can carry his weight.

Notice how I’m spreading his legs to disrupt his base as I pull his leg on my shoulder and scoot underneath
him.

6 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

My hips keep going under him by shrimping and bumping my shoulder under his leg and throwing my right
elbow to my left.

My right knee slides in under his thigh and keeps his hips up.

7 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

I stretch him away with my right knee under his thigh. My left leg comes up and steps on the inside of his
knee/thigh and pushes too. This puts his weight off of me and on to his far knee. It also creates space for
me to get on my left elbow.

The grip on the kneecap is important. It’s a strong grip that prevents him from kicking his leg out and run
out of the sweep.

You can clearly see how my right knee/shin is creating space and where my left foot is going against his
knee.

8 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

Stretch my left leg to kick his leg away and scoot my hips out. Now I’m carrying almost none of his
weight and have plenty of room to get all the way up on my hand. My right leg is stepping on the mat now
in preparation for a technical stand-up. The sweep from here is easy. Just stand up or come to your knees
and move towards him.

5 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

codemonkey76 said:

I was practicing this before class last week and my instructor was watching and then for the
technique in class he decides to show us a counter to the guy trying a kimura from bottom
half-guard.

The top man, steps his free leg over his arm to protect it and then sits his left hip on the ground
(assuming same positioning as in these photos) and then grips his own hand palm to palm and leans
into the bottom mans shoulder and lifts, it applies a kimura to the bottom man.

Needless to say i couldn’t use this entry for DHG lately… i have to wait until some people forget
this kimura counter

# 12 May 2008 at 5:15 pm

featherweight said:

codemonkey im having trouble picturing that… any pics / videos?

# 23 May 2008 at 4:30 am

9 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

Blister said:

Featherweight—you can see a vid of this kimura counter by looking at a snippet of volume
6:Counter Attacks of the Demian Maia instructional video found here:
http://www.groundfighter.com/details/prodid/243.html

# 27 May 2008 at 7:50 pm

featherweight said:

thank you very much Blister.

maia’s english is funny, “look. look, move so people can see. look.”

i’ve seen a similar counter, people at my gym just lock their hands together and posture up hard,
twists your arm really bad. this is better.

# 28 May 2008 at 1:56 am

Balanced said:

Thanks for laying this sweep out for us. I’ve seen it used a lot and I think it will go nicely with my
game as well. I’ve developed a more defensive half guard (not a good thing) by using the knee in
the chest just to keep from getting my guard passed, and I think this move will help me get on the
offensive.

# 21 June 2008 at 5:05 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Better than Liposuction


Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com
ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?
State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
1 Trick for a Flat Belly:
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Eagle Line Tools
Eagle Line Tools Manufactures Line Construction
Tools.
www.eaglelinetools.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

10 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008

11 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
LDHG/DHG in Photos | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/200/ldhgdhg-in-photos/

August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

12 of 12 08/06/2009 14:48
Marcio’s Back Control | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/22/marcios-back-control/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Adaptive Control Book


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Compares all commercial software products
Mat Survival Secrets for adaptive control
TheWiseGrappler.com www.Amazon.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Marcio’s Back Control


13 November 2006 151 views No Comment

My instructor gave me a great addition to the monkey feet game from rear mount. He saw me doing my
monkey business on the back and showed me another way to lock them down without having both hooks
in. He said that Marcio Feitosa does this as a signature way of keeping the back.

It goes like this:

I am on their back with the harness, they’re turn on their choking side, choking-side hook is in, yadda
yadda yadda. My top hook is free to do its monkeying and my bottom hook is in really deep.

Fearing I’ll put my second hook in, Trog is bringing his knee up to block it out. I could go to trap his arm
or get the reverse half guard like Marcelo does.

1 of 5 09/06/2009 8:45
Marcio’s Back Control | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/22/marcios-back-control/

Or I can do Marcio’s position. I bring my bottom hook up behind their thigh and my top leg over their hips
and thigh, then cross my ankles.

Opposite angle:

Holding them like this, I’ve trapped their leg and locked myself to their hips. This completely kills their
ability to bridge or roll to the escaping side.

I was playing around with this and comparing it to the reverse half guard and I think I’ll enjoy using this a
lot more. It completely kills their hips movement.

I should be charging for all this awesomemess.

2 of 5 09/06/2009 8:45
Marcio’s Back Control | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/22/marcios-back-control/

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Need Adaptive Control?


This book gives practical advice on choosing
adaptive control products
www.Amazon.com
Control Toolbox for Maple
Reduce your development time with New
innovative control design tools
www.control-toolbox.com
7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Toronto BJJ
Gracie Trained World Champions Brazilian
Jiu-Jitsu, Boxing, MMA
www.torontobjj.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson

3 of 5 09/06/2009 8:45
Marcio’s Back Control | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/22/marcios-back-control/

Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

4 of 5 09/06/2009 8:45
Marcio’s Back Control | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/22/marcios-back-control/

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

5 of 5 09/06/2009 8:45
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

BJJers Over 40 Only Judo Tatami Mats


Stop Getting Run Off The Mat! Learn 7 Mat High quality Tatami Mats for Judo and Martial
Punk Survival Secrets Arts
TheWiseGrappler.com www.e-bogu.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps


13 July 2007 691 views 3 Comments

Back in the days of MMALibrary.com, Jeff Rockwell had put up a series of half guard sweeps. He taught
starting from a sitting guard and diving in deep as a counter to combat base. I’ve used my internet
sleuthing to recover them so I could add them to my notes here. I’m currently focusing on half guard and
want to work on these.

It’s all Jeff below:

Sweep #1

I got the first of these from watching Shaolin Ribero and the last two from watching the Noguiera brothers
in the last Pride. When you put them all together, it is a formidable series of sweeps and reversals, I’ve
been having a lot of success with them recently. While the main place I’ve been applying them is vs.
Combat Base (knee up inside guard), there are LOTS of places to aquire this position from, ie. escaping
mount, escaping quarter mount, escaping backmount, etc.

1 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

Alright, here I am facing an opponent who has taken a “Combat Base” posture (knee up inside my guard),
to defend against standard attacks. As you can see, I am sitting up, not laying flat on my back, and my
right hand is on the ground for base. My left hand checks his shoulder to moniter his movement. In this
picture, there is a lot of space between his knee and his butt for me to work with; however, even if there is
only a few inches of space, I have still found this entry to work.

My right leg is going to shoot inside the space between his right leg and his butt. Sometimes I will
momentarily grab his right leg with my left hand to hold it in place. Here I am starting to dive my right leg
in between his right calf and his butt. It is important that I dive DEEPLY, no half-hearted moves here. My
right hand leaves its based-out position and follows my right leg…

2 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

...also diving between his legs, and coming to rest as an underhook beneath his left leg. Even if he is sitting
his weight back on his left leg, it is hard for him to resist this, as I am rocking all my bodyweight up
underneath him.

This is the “Seated Half Guard” starting position. My head should be tight against his left hip, and I am so
far under his body that we are almost facing the same direction. My ankles are crossed and my legs are
squeezing to control his right leg.

Here is an important detail: if at any time, he is able to put his right knee down on the ground, I simply put
my left knee in front of his right hip and back out into a normal half-guard position. I don’t want to stay
crunched up under him if his knee goes down, as he will be able to crossface me and kill my game. The
knee in front is pretty easy to get here, though, so if you have a good normal half-guard game, this will
won’t be too much of a concern.

3 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

Now for the first sweep, this is a really nice one. My left hand stays tight to my body, and reaches for his
right ankle.

Now I rock back to get some momentum, then rock forward and extend my left leg and lever forward,
pushing on the top of his right thigh with my left hamstring, while pulling on his right ankle with my left
hand.

I follow him up, keeping control of both legs…

4 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

...as I start to sprawl downward, underhooking his left thigh with my right arm and overhooking his right
thigh with my left arm…

..and capturing his right ankle with with the crook of my right knee. Keeping the under/over grip, I lean to
a 45 degreee angle, keeping tight control of his hips, and extend my hips for the kneebar submission. If he
bends his leg to avoid the tap, I get an easy guard pass.

Sweep #2

You can see this sweep attempted several times in the Pride fight where Rogerio Noguierra faces Shogun
Rua. Though Shogun counters by repeatedly standing and running out of it, I have found it very effective.
Enjoy!

5 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

So you have attemped sweep number one from the initial sitting half guard position, but you aren’t able to
grab his foot. So instead of underhooking his left leg, my right arm now underhooks his RIGHT leg, and
my left arm joins it. Both hands are clasped together palm to palm over top of his right leg. This is a weird
position at first, but there is not too much the top guy can do to you here. He can’t put much weight on
you, can’t attack your arms, your legs, or your neck. The Noguierra brothers have used this position
successfully in MMA, but I haven’t tried it in that scenario myself. I wouldn’t want to stay here long if
someone was punching me in the face, but that’s just me. It does seem that it keeps the guy pretty off
balance, not much power in his punches if you keep rocking. In any case…

...my first direction is out the back door. I have a lot of control over his leg here, and I rock my body hard
to my left…

6 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

...extending my legs as I bring his weight forward and pop my head out from under his leg…

...coming out the back door like so.

7 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

If the opponent stays low, I look to block his left knee with my right hand, come to either back control or
side control. Shogun showed us that this can be countered by standing up and twisting out of it, though, so
be ready to follow with a single or double leg if he stands.

Sweep #3
The last sweep in this series. For now.

Here I have acquired the same position at the start of the previous sweep, and I am rocking my body hard
to my left, attempting to come out the back door.

8 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

My opponent knows my intentions, however, and sits his weight down hard back toward his butt to
counter.

Keeping my arms gripped tight on his leg, I twist back to my right, following his momentum and turning
upward…

9 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

..to finish with a “single leg” type reversal. Minotauro hit this nicely in the first exchange of the Pride fight
with the Polish judo champ.

Like many of the other sweeps so far, it leaves you in perfect position to once again hit the over/under –
kneebar submission/guard pass.

3 Comments » (1 votes, average: 5.00 out of 5)

blanko said:

10 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

Hey that’s my half guard game :P!!! I use all all of those sweeps and i love them. The only
difference is that i trap his arm with the leg when i sweep. This prevents him from posting his arm
when i sweep him AND it makes it harder for him to kimura me when he is in my halfguard. The
only other thing i do different is sweep #1 i use an uppercut motion and try to hook his heel with my
bicep instead of grabbign it.

# 17 July 2007 at 11:12 am

deryk said:

Good stuff Aesopian. I tried working with these during training last night, and although I wasn’t
able to get them down exactly as shown, I got a lot of usage out of the concepts.

My only problem though is the initial shooting in with the leg into halfguard. A lot of times, I end up
in half guard with the guy’s knee down already or in some quarter-guard position. How do you
manage to get in position for the first sweep? Seems really hard to do if the other guy doesn’t stay
still.

# 17 July 2007 at 3:49 pm

bjjeh said:

Hi Aesopian,

Great stuff. I think some of these sweeps are in video here (maybe helpful for some people—see
vids 4/5):

http://bjjeh.blogspot.com/2007/11/bjj-techniques-sweep-from-closed-guard.html

# 30 November 2007 at 3:04 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Get a Bikini Butt


The 3 Most Effective Butt Exercises For Hot
Shapely Toned Buns!
www.global-fitness.com
1 Trick for a Flat Belly:
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Double Bundle ACL Recon
by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon - Call
683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Jet Charter
Worldwide Jet Charter Service Access to all Jet
types 24/7
www.PriveJets.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

11 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008

12 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Jeff’s Half Guard Sweeps | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/173/jeffs-half-guard-sweeps/

August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

13 of 13 08/06/2009 14:51
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Playing Butterfly with an Overhook


13 November 2006 124 views No Comment

Playing butterfly and half guard with an overhook was a game that confused me until recently. It runs
against everything you’re taught about the importance of getting underhooks in order to prevent them
from flattening them out. Yet I know guys like Jean Jacques and Mike Fowler are famous for triangles and
ompplatas from these positions.

I didn’t get how this was possible until I trained with a Gracie Barra black belt named David Vieira. He
just opened a new school in my area and has visited my school a couple times to train. He took me and
Trog aside one night and showed us the whizzer butterfly to triangle he used to win several matches in the
Mundials. It was from this and watching his spar and observing him play his game that I picked up how to
do it.

The first part to understanding this game is knowing the grips.

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

As they try to underhook my left arm, I overhook their right arm and whizzer my arm through so my hand
is reaching across their chest. I grab their opposite collar as soon as I can. I will feed the collar deeper with
my right hand until my left hand is as deep and tight around their neck as possible.

I’ve seen Jean Jacques do several moves where he holds the same side collar, and I know that Robson
Moura plays this game that way, but I would rather get the opposite collar since it gives me chokes. I will
hold the same side collar if that’s all I can get and use it until I can get the right position to reach all the
way across. For example, when they’re flattening me out in half guard and I can’t yet reach very deeply.

An important detail on this grip is that I keep my left shoulder tight to his shoulder. This makes it more
difficult for him to pull his overhooked arm out.

You can play this position pretty much like a normal butterfly guard if you want, going for hooks sweeps
to either side. Jean Jacques shows a lot of sweeps from an overhook butterfly guard like this in his books.
I trained with a brown belt who did the usual sweeps from butterfly using this grip.

But I don’t really play it like that though, and for the most part, neither does David, whose game I like
more. You’ll see what I do instead below.

In the above picture, you can see how I sit out to one side. This is a key to not being flattened out. Even if
he drives me to my back (so I’m not sitting up into him), I’ll still be turned on my side with my hips free.

Even if he pushes me back, I’m still on my side and my hips are free. This actually plays right into my
game from here, so I’ll purposely pull them down to this position. I’d rather have them down like this than
trying to back away and free their arm.

Another detail about how I’m staying aggressive from this position and not getting flattened out is to stay
on my right shoulder, not on my back. I also turn my left shoulder down like I want to bring it to the mat.
This presses their shoulder down and makes it harder for them to drive straight into my chest.

The next important aspect of this game is how I use my hooks, knees and feet. As I said above, I don’t
play this like a normal butterfly guard, where I’d be sitting up with my hooks under his thighs.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

In this picture, I’ve opened up the space so you can clearly see my legs.

I took out my left hook and now have my foot stepping on his hip. This helps me create space, prevents
him from smashing me, and moves my hips out so I can stay on my side.

My right foot comes up and steps on his knee to break his base. This foot can also step on their hip to
block them from passing or take a half guard position.

From the side, you can see that as I play the position, I step on their hip with my toes and bring my knee
high, using it to press down on their back and shoulder. This is useful for several reasons later, but for now
you should know that it prevents them from jumping over my hook on that side.

My instructor was going over this overhooking butterfly with me on Thursday and he said the main

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

problem with it is how the guy can jump over your butterfly hook on the side of the overhooked arm to
pass guard. I showed him how instead of just butterfly hooking their thigh, I step on the hip and bring my
knee slightly behind the back, which makes it much harder for them to jump to that side. He thought it
was a good solution to that problem.

From this angle, you can also more clearly see something about this position that I find interesting. It’s not
quite normal butterfly guard, half guard or even half butterfly, and it’s not closed guard. But you can get
to it from any of those guards, and it’s pretty easy to return to any of those guards from it. To me, it’s
guard that’s between all of those ones and helps unite all of them.

Lately, I’ve been getting my biggest improvements from learning these “in between” positions, since they
fill the gaps between the standard positions.

Note how I’m so far out to the side that I have been able to bring my knee up on his shoulder. In addition
to controlling the space and defending the pass like I said above, I’m now using it to get a straight elbow
lock (hiza gatame) on the trapped arm.

I keep escaping my hips and sliding down his arm until I feel his elbow under my elbow and his wrist in
my armpit. I pinch my elbow in on his like I want to bring mine into my chest. I drive his shoulder down
with my left knee. I twist my upper body to pressure down on the arm and help drive his shoulder down.

To prevent him from posturing, I’ll kick out his far knee with my left foot. When I really go for the finish,
I’ll bring my bottom knee up against his shoulder too and pinch it with my knees.

You’ll need to experiment with this armlock some since it takes some practice and feedback from your
training partner to get a feel for how to do it effectively to get a tap.

You can see Koji Komuro demonstrate the submission here:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B31pNfRj3a4

In addition to the straight elbow lock, I have a collar choke. I grab his collar with four fingers in and
punch into his neck while pulling down on his other collar (with my overhooking arm).

This first choke helps me create space to prevent him from driving into me and can be used to get the

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

correct positioning for the armlock. I can also pull on the collar to break his posture if he tries to pull out.

You can do the choke more like a cross collar choke by grabbing the wrinkled fabric on the shoulder
(palm down), but I like doing it with my fist in the throat since it hurts more and can controls the space
and posture better. I picked this up from Koji’s instructional and watching his matches.

You can see Koji set this choke up from the top of half guard and finish it from the bottom here:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hplbU2AaBcI

And off the sprawl:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vfBGSP2cefk

Depending on how I enter this position (e.g. from closed guard vs half guard), I’ll either start with the
collar choke then use it to get the armlock, or go for the armlock and add the collar choke. Ideally, I get
both going at the same time so I can use them together.

If I had to pick though, I’d say to go for the armlock more since it puts you in a better position, setups up
alternate submissions and you can be done if you play this game no-gi.

Often while fighting to defend the armlock and choke, they’ll make themselves vulnerable to you climbing
your leg to a triangle position too.

You can go for the triangle much earlier without the collar choke and armlock, which is how David taught
me, but I found that if I went for it first, I was more likely to have them counter by driving a knee though
and passing my guard. Once I started going for the armlock and choke first, the triangle became safer.

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

If you’re not content to have an armlock, choke and triangle all at once, you’ll happy to know that you
can also throw your leg over for an omoplata.

Again, you don’t need the other submissions first, but I found that going for the omoplata alone didn’t
work well. The time to get it is when they’re in the armlock and try to escape the submission by driving
their arm deeper (to take the pressure off their elbow) and bend it so their hand point down towards your
hip.

But really, I wouldn’t go for the omoplata if I had the other submissions I can do without switching to
another position. It’s just nice to know it’s there.

If they bend their arm up towards your head, you can go for an americana-like submission like Mir got on
whatshisname.

Watching David, I constantly see him with the whizzer grip, escaping his hips out as he goes for the
armlock, working for the collar choke and climbing to the triangle, attacking all three at once. His
opponent will be trying to give him the omoplata or let him sweep them just to escape, but he’ll roll
around without letting go of anything. It was seeing this that inspired me to train this position more and
helped me understand how it can be played.

I’ve also seen him use this grip for hook sweeps and even swinging over to an armbar on the trapped arm,
so that more to this game to explore too.

In summary:

Overhook and get a whizzer.

Grab the far collar.

Get your hips out and stay on your side.

Get higher on their torso and step on their hips and knees.

Attack the trapped arm, attack the neck, climb for triangles, watch for omoplatas.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

One last comment on this game. Since I’ve started playing with it, I’ve found that my underhooking
guards have gotten better too. How can this be? Because now I’m no longer afraid of them getting an
underhook, while my opponent may actually give up his underhook to escape, giving me underhooks and
even armdrags.
(No Ratings Yet)
Leave your response!
You must be logged in to post a comment.

Grapplers Over 40 Only


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?
State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Dancer Arm Rotary Sensor
Rotation Sensor for Dancer Arm Tensioner Control
Sensor
www.everightsensors.com
Try OsteoEase for Relief
Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
better & heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Playing Butterfly with an Overhook | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian... http://www.aesopian.com/19/playing-butterfly-with-an-overhook/

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:47
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Rotary Position Sensors


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Sensors and electronics in stock Custom
Mat Survival Secrets Rotary Sensor Designs
TheWiseGrappler.com www.macrosensors.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position


28 June 2007 155 views 2 Comments

I want to show how I’ve redefined the trigger position for myself and what this means to how I’m getting
the choke.

For the longest time, I thought of the brabo as only being available when they underhooked me. This is
how it’s taught from half guard and when they escape side control. So the trigger position I came up with
was “they underhook, I whizzer”, but that didn’t seem complete to me. As I learned more and more setups
from all kinds of positions, I kept looking for aspects of the choke that stay true regardless of the
particular setup. They didn’t always need to underhook me. In fact, it’s even better when they don’t since
then I can skip crossing their arm. So what am I really looking for?

Last week I got together to train with a friend. Normally I restrict myself to a few techniques, since I
know I can go nuts and pull out a bunch of moves and have a lot of fun and learn nothing. But on a whim,
I decided to run myself through an inventory of every brabo choke setup I know. Not to drill each one,
but to refresh myself on all the ones I knew. To my surprise, rather than getting lost in techniques, I
started consolidating my knowledge. The different setups started blending together and I saw how to take
from one and apply it to another. The next day I was hitting brabos from all kinds of positions I normally
never tried, since my arms were just finding the grips on their own.

When I sat down and thought about it, I realized my arm was automatically going for this trigger position:

1 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

My arm reaches through their armpit and grabs behind their neck. Them underhooking me is definitely
one way to get there but far from the only way.

This is good news, since people are already afraid of underhooking me, and now I don’t really care since I
can work towards the choke without them feeding my the arm.

Side Control Armdrag


Let’s look at how this bears out in action. You can make them give you the trigger position even if they
don’t underhook.

I’m in side control. They have their arms in good posture and aren’t trying to get the underhook to escape.

2 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

I give them some room to turn into me but they still don’t want to escape that way. Instead they are
framing my neck and pushing away. My hand slides across their chest and grabs their triceps just above
the elbow. I want their hand resting in the crook of my elbow, so we’re actually sharing a mutual grip.
This traps their hand so they can’t circle their arm out.

I drag their arm across, crossing their elbow over their chest. I pull them to me slightly to turn their
shoulder up. Then I lay my chest on their arm and use my chin to trap it. Keep control of the elbow since
they’ll be fighting to pull it back or circle their arm out.

3 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

I keep pulling their arm to me as I swim and uppercut my other arm through to the “new” trigger position.

I pull my arm out then shove their elbow in with my palm. They may try to swing their arm over their
head to escape, so I need to make sure I keep their arm trapped with my chest and head in the moment
when I let go to switch my grips. Once I’m shoving their arm in, I give myself enough room to put their
arm on their neck (since it’s going to be up by their face at first), then I lay my chest on it again once it’s
in place.

4 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

From here I simply close the choke and do the usual to finish.

You can do similar setups by grabbing their wrists or their sleeves and dragging their arm across.

This also works from half guard when they are afraid to underhook.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

OldDog53 said:

Another $25 in the “tip jar” for being so awesome.

Yes, newness and novelty DO count. I’d like to learn stuff before it’s made its way through every
academy and finally ends up in a book somewhere. So your efforts are appreciated.

BTW, I don’t think this is a banned “advanced technique” for me. I have been working on arm
triangle submissions starting from side control, but they call for a mount, then dismount off the
other side. It will be fun to play with this and see if there are fewer steps (although snaking the arm
“under” looks like it could be challenging). Anyway, for some reason I have been making more
progress (in the relative sense of the term) with arm triangles and guillotines than with leg
triangles…counter to the natural order of things.

I’ve emailed my instructor to ask if he could try this out and then drill with me on Sunday. He’s
pretty openminded about drawing from “all available sources” if he can validate the move for
himself with his advanced students, which is very cool.

# 29 June 2007 at 10:28 am

codemonkey76 said:

5 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

i seem to always have trouble shooting the arm that deep, i don’t have long skinny arms like you
though

# 1 July 2007 at 5:11 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Position sensors
Rotary & linear sensor for industry mobile &
automation - from stock
www.regal.se
Rotary Position Sensors
Sensors and electronics in stock Custom Rotary
Sensor Designs
www.macrosensors.com
Refurbished C-Arms
GE/OEC/Philips/Siemens/Mini C-Arms 1-Year
Warranty-Better-Than-New
www.IntegrityMed.com
Position Sensors
Linear, Rotary Non-contact Robust Variety
In/Outputs I/S 10-600mm stk
www.everightsensors.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

6 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old

7 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
Brabo Choke Homework: Trigger Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazi... http://www.aesopian.com/170/brabo-choke-homework-trigger-position/

Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida


Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 08/06/2009 14:52
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Fast Monte Carlo in Excel


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 New Ultra-Fast Simulation Tool. Download
Mat Survival Secrets Free Trial Simulator
TheWiseGrappler.com Solver.com/Download_RiskSolver_Free

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

One-leg Guard
13 November 2006 168 views No Comment

At our meet up, Leo taught me a guard that Marcelo showed at his last seminar. He calls it the
“one-legged x-guard” since it ties into the normal x-guard game. It’s a really strong position for sweeping
and has obvious leglock potential.

Marcelo taught it as what he has been doing now that people are wise to x-guard and will prevent him
from underhooking their leg to avoid it. He’s now also playing a guard game that’s based on overhooking
the leg (which is easier to do at a distance) and wrapping their trapped leg with both of his.

I’d seen Marcelo use it successfully on black belts, but thought it was just improvised, but it turns out he
really does play like this on purpose. You can see a similar sweep at about 1:00 in this video.

Here’s how it goes:

1 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

While playing open guard of some sort (probably sitting guard and trying to get x-guard) overhook their
leg as you kick your left leg through the middle. Your right leg is hooking behind their far knee.

Wrap your left leg behind their leg and step on their near hip. Your right hand pushes on their far knee to
keep it away.

2 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

Then bring your right foot to the same hip. Or you can hook under their thigh like you’re doing a leglock.

This is the main position. Keep your knees pinched tightly around their leg and push on their hip with both
heels.

As in x-guard, grab their far ankle as soon as you can.

To sweep, straighten your body and shove your heels into their hip to push them back. This may be
enough on its own to sweep them. Holding the ankle too makes it all the stronger.

After the sweep, there is an obvious ankle lock or you can take out your feet and come to your knees.

Just tonight I used this successfully several times in a row on a blue belt with a 90 lbs. (or more) weight
advantage. He tried to come down and crush into me but the power of both my feet on his hip was enough
to push him off and straighten his leg. As with the ankle grab x-guard sweep, I couldn’t reach his ankle at
first, so I tried to sweep without it, which he countered by bringing his base closer so I could grab his foot.
Then I swept again and down her went.

I ankle locked him after the sweep both times. He tried the normal leglock escape of kicking his leg
through deeper, pulling my lapel, trying to sit up, etc. but because both of my feet were on his hip, none of
this really worked.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

3 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

Double Bundle ACL Recon


by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon - Call
683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Height Clearance Bars
Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Security Guard Suppliers
Source Quality Products Online Choose from
Verified Suppliers!
Alibaba.com
Try OsteoEase for Relief
Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
better & heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

4 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

5 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
One-leg Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/17/one-leg-guard/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

6 of 6 09/06/2009 8:48
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

BJJers Over 40 Only Refurbished C-Arms


Stop Getting Run Off The Mat! Learn 7 Mat GE/OEC/Philips/Siemens/Mini C-Arms 1-Year
Punk Survival Secrets Warranty-Better-Than-New
TheWiseGrappler.com www.IntegrityMed.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm


27 June 2007 96 views 3 Comments

The next point to cover is how to deal with their underhooking arm.

Like in the triangle, you want to cross their arm. Also like the triangle, it’s not completely necessary, but
it’s best form, the cleanest technique and makes for the smoothest finish. They can use that arm to create
a little space (so their shoulder doesn’t squash into their neck), or they can do Jeff’s escape of throwing
the elbow back and grabbing their leg and kicking out.

I’ll show how I prevent those escapes while adjusting the choke even deeper.

Here you see them trying to escape with an underhook, grabbing my leg as they come up for a takedown.
The hand on my leg is my problem, so I’ve got to kill it somehow.

Sprawling

1 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

A simple and natural reaction is to sprawl like you would to defend a takedown. Throw your legs back and
drop your hips to the floor. You may need to turn your hips from side to side and bounce a little to shake
their arm off. Stay on your toes and drive in to put pressure on their triceps with your chest to help crush
their arm and prevent them from reaching up (and maintaining their grip).

You can finish from the sprawl too, but I’ve found you’re more likely to just crush their neck without
choking them. As you’ll see, there’s still more adjusting you can do for a cleaner choke, and other
finishing positions give you better pressure for the blood choke.

Mule Kick

The problem I have with sprawling is that people can often hold on to my pants even with their arm
stretched out. Or I’ll break their grip, but they get it again as I come back to my knees. This is why I

2 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

prefer to do a mule kick. I switch my legs so the knee near their head is on the ground, then I kick my foot
to the sky. I’ll keep kicking and shaking and lifting my leg until I feel their grip break and their arm fall
between my legs. Put you chest on the back of their arm to press it down.

After I’ve broken their grip one way or another, I’ll come back to my knees, trapping their arm between
them.

Try walking slightly towards their head, but not all the way to north-south. Changing this angle between
your bodies will let you reach your choking arm deeper since you’re not stretching it so far. The reason
we didn’t do this earlier is because it gives them a better angle to get to their knees, but that’s less of a
threat now that they don’t have the underhook any more.

Take this moment to adjust and tighten your grips again; there is now usually an inch or two of space
around their neck that you can close up now that the arm is crossed. Drop your shoulder, uppercut, wiggle
deeper.

You can finish fairly well from here by crunching them into you, pressing your elbow in like you want
their head to meet their belly, and dropping your shoulder to the mat.

But I like to take it even further since I’m going to sit-out to finish.

3 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

I step up with my leg near their hips to give myself space.

Then I step in with my other leg, putting my knee up past their elbow, so my thigh is pressing on the back
of their arm. Their arm is now crossed all the way to the other side of my body. I may even take a second
here to adjust my grips even a little deeper.

4 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

Now when I sit into them, my body (ribs, stomach, hips, thigh, knee, something) is blocking their elbow
and pressing their arm across their neck. My top foot comes to their hip to prevent them from getting up. I
keep scooting my hips into them, dropping my shoulder to the ground, twisting my upper body and
squeezing the choke.

The “best” time to cross the arm is when you’ve got the figure-four grip, since it’s the most secure. But
you can do these steps while you’ve still got other ones. It depends on what they are defending. If they are
blocking your next grip in the progression, start trying to cross their arm. Either you get that or they switch
to defending it and you go back to working your grips. The idea is to be aware of your multiple goals and
work towards each one, intelligently switching from one to the other so they’re trying to catch up.

3 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

ShadowExplosion said:

Just wanted to say thanks for your continued work on the brabo choke, its really added a strong
element to my game that i was lacking before.

Also wanted to add, that ever since seeing jeff’s brabo counter you posted i find it most efficient to
hook over their left leg (and only the left leg) with my right leg and coming back through to the
kneeling position (so that their hips/legs end up crossed, left over right), it seems to take away their
option of getting flat to their back or working jeff’s counter, and gives me far greater control as they
are locked up tight without the free range of movement they have if you only have a hold of the
shoulder/head. Works especially well when i have to contend with the really strong guys that give
me a hell of a time trying to finish the choke.

# 28 June 2007 at 2:41 am

WhiteShark said:

5 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

Does Trog ever get to choke you? :)

# 29 June 2007 at 12:24 pm

sco said:

i love those keiko gi shorts.


where can i get a pair?

oh, excellent stuff too. the brabo is now becoming one of my favorites. ;)
thx!

# 19 July 2007 at 3:48 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Biomechanics
New Amazing Treatment Tips for Sports Injury
Professionals - Free!
www.Sports-Coach.net
Refurbished C-Arms
GE/OEC/Philips/Siemens/Mini C-Arms 1-Year
Warranty-Better-Than-New
www.IntegrityMed.com
Eagle Line Tools
Eagle Line Tools Manufactures Line Construction
Tools.
www.eaglelinetools.com
Chokes
Custom DC filter, swinging chokes From 10 to
5000 KVA
www.dmshv.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts

6 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

Drills and Exercises


BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

7 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Brabo Choke Homework: Crossing the Arm | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/169/brabo-choke-homework-crossing-the-arm/

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 08/06/2009 14:53
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

Grapplers Over 40 Only 变压器 -电


变压器 电 感 -线
线 圈 -RJ45
Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 厂家生产销售变压器,各类电感, 线圈,rj45等元件,
Mat Survival Secrets 品质保证,欢迎垂询!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.maggold.com/Tel:0755-89601579

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter


10 November 2006 200 views No Comment

So we’re clear, a re-counter is a counter to their counter. I stole the word from Stephan Kesting.

If you’ve been following along with this series, you would have seen the basic rear collar choke, the
totally awesome bow-and-arrow choke and the basics of back control and using monkey feet.

Let us now return to the bow-and-arrow choke, only this time there are complications. You’ll often run
into a problem when you go to spin out for the choke.

Everything looks good: they’re on their choking side, I’ve got the collar, I’m gripping the knee and ready
to spin. But one big problem: my bottom leg is trapped.

1 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

As you can clearly see from this side, my bottom leg is pinned to the floor. This prevents me from spinning
out like I need to.

This may happen when you’re going for the choke when you’ve already rolled them to their side. Or they
will often try to escape this choke by driving their back to the mat. Or both. Regardless, you need to
correct this before you can finish the choke.

To free my leg, I pull their knee towards me to lift their hips as I take out my hook and bring it under their
body.

2 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

Alternate angle: You can see me sliding my leg out from under their body. I am pulling their knee up to
raise their hips and take their weight off my leg.

As my leg comes out from under them, I’ll drive forward and push their knee away so I can come up to
my knee.

3 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

Once I’m on my knee, I’ll slide it up towards their head.

From the other side, you can see that I am stepping on the floor with my left leg for base. All of my grips
are still in place.

4 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

A detail I worked out recently was to hide my elbow inside my knee and pinch it to the back of their head
to prevent them from pulling my arm over their head.

I sit and throw my right leg forward.

5 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

I pin the shoulder and trap the arms with my legs. Finish like usual.

Huzzah.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Goooooogle

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

6 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007

7 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke Re-counter | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-... http://www.aesopian.com/10/bow-and-arrow-choke-re-counter/

March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

BJJers Over 40 Only Eagle Line Tools


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover Eagle Line Tools Manufactures Line
7 Mat Survival Secrets Construction Tools.
TheWiseGrappler.com www.eaglelinetools.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips


27 June 2007 159 views 2 Comments

More notes from my brabo choke homework.

Thinking Like It’s a Triangle


This may seem obvious to you, but it took me a while think of the brabo as a triangle choke. Yeah, I
knew literally that it’s an arm triangle—that’s not what I mean. I had a “just slap it on” attitude towards it,
where I’d give up if I didn’t hit it in one shot, which isn’t how I think about the triangle choke with the
legs. With that move, I know to be patient while I work towards my ultimate goal, fixing several points at
once: maintaining position, breaking their posture, getting the correct angle, getting the proper contact
with their neck, working to close the full figure-four, crossing their arm, etc. You have multiple
simultaneous objectives, and which one you’re working on changes depending on its importance and how
well they’re defending it.

Once I started looking at the brabo along similar lines, it started clicking more and my success rate with it
has gone way up. The main points I fleshed out were 1) how to get the arm triangle tight using progressive
grips, 2) how to cross their arm and 3) how to apply finishing pressure.

First, I want to go over the idea of using a series of grips to work towards tightening and closing the final
choke.

I’m big on giving people credit if they gave me ideas or teach me. I didn’t come up with any of these
grips, but I did collect them from scattered resources and put them together. If you’re been following my
brabo choke homework, you know the usual suspects for my inspiration/plagarism, so I don’t feel like
re-re-recrediting them again here. It gets tiring to have to keep citing sources, but it’s a habit since people
go “HURR RIGAN DID THAT FIRST” if I don’t. Or if I do. Doesn’t really make a difference.

Anyway.

Let’s start off. Assume we’re joining a brabo already in progress. They are trying to escape side control
with an underhook, and I’ve whizzered my arm in for the brabo.

Notice how I lay my head on them like I’m listening to their shoulder. This helps me drop my shoulder and
reach deeper. I want to get my hand all the way to the back of their neck. If I don’t have my whole fist
seeing the light of day, I won’t be able to get the choke.

1 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

An important detail you’ll see in the photos below is how I keep pressure and weight on them so they
can’t get to their elbow. They need to post on that elbow before they can get up. While I want them
turned on their side enough to exposure their head and arm, I don’t want them to turn to all fours, since
they have a better chance of taking me down or escaping then.

Progressive Grips
You hopefully won’t need to use all of these grips to get the choke. You can usually skip ahead if you’ve
got good timing and are quick, but I think the best way to approach a subject like this is to work from
worst cases scenarios. Some of these grips are stronger than others, but each has its time and use. Each
grip has the purpose of cranking their head in and bending their neck (or at least prevent them from
straightening it any further).

Pulling the Head

2 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

This is one of the weaker grips but it’s also often one of the easiest to grab right away, particularly if you
already had a crossface. It’s not very good for forcing their head in, but it’ll prevent them from stretching
away too far. It’s also useful for maintaining control and contact if they start trying to bring their knee into
your hips and stretch you out (like in z-guard) since you can reach farther with it.

Stuffing the Head

3 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

By rotating your palm on the back of their head, you can switch to one of the strongest grips. Shove their
head in like you’re trying to stuff it down to their hips. You can really cram their head in with this one.

Trog showed me how he was taught to use this grip to pass half guard by sprawling until their legs open
and walking around. I can understand why, since it feels to me like the most pressure on the neck.

Darce Grip

4 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

Keeping constant pressure, slide from your palm to pushing with your wrist and grab a palm-to-palm grip.
This is the famous D’arce grip. It offers a lot of control without being tiring to maintain. Scissor your
forearms together and pinch your elbows. Pull their head towards you like you’re trying to shuck it under
you.

Short Man’s Brabo

5 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

From the darce, you can shoot your outside arm through and grab your wrist and forearm. Keep your
elbow in tight so you don’t give them room to pop their head out. You can use this to crank their head in
as you slide your hand up your forearm towards your biceps. You can also use your outside hand to grab
their shoulder and prevent them from getting up or (if they do get to their elbow) grabbing their triceps
and breaking it down so they fall on their side again.

Shove and Uppercut

One of my goals is to get the crook of my elbow tight to their adam’s apple and my forearm along the side
of their neck. It’ll neck crank them more if I don’t get that deep since it’ll just be my forearm crushing
their throat or muscles.

As I’m progressing through all of these grips, I am constantly trying to shove my choking arm deeper and

6 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

deeper. The motion is like doing an uppercut as I drop my shoulder. You can see this in the above photo.
I’m doing it while I shove the back of the head. This is my favorite time to uppercut since I feel I can get
really deep, but you can do it (to greater and lesser degrees) while holding any other grip. Try to do it any
time you can, but the best times are right as and right after you’ve cranked their head in. In the moment it
takes from them to try to straighten out again, you can shove and wiggle your arm through a little more.

Finishing Grip

Once you’ve got your choking arm deep enough, you should be able to put your wrist in the crook of your
elbow. Your palm and fingers should actually reach around to the back of your triceps. If you’re only just
grabbing your biceps with your hand, you’re more likely to have the grip break or slip off, and you can
actually hurt your fingers. It also probably means you didn’t get the choke tight enough.

Your outside hand reaches up and grabs their top shoulder as high as it can. My personal trick for making

7 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

sure I’m doing this right is to try to bring my hand up until I can put my chin on it. Doubt the chin really
helps but it feels proper.

That’s it for now. The next point I’ll go over crossing the arm.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

codemonkey76 said:

good stuff, keep it coming

# 27 June 2007 at 6:19 pm

chris colquitt said:

I have a question for you:


Have you seen the entry that Rick Estrada shows on subfighter? He basically get the “guillotine
grip” with his overhooking arm gripping the arm around the head. He will then use his elbow as a
pivot on the back of the head and pull the overhooking hand through straight to the “short man’s
brabo”. if you’ve used it, let me know what you think. if not, give it a shot. I find its an easy way to
keep pressure and get my hand through.

CC

# 2 July 2007 at 12:00 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

FingerTPS System
Hi-res flexible sensors w/ video Precisely measure
hand forces
www.pressureprofile.com
VZ Grips
Custom 1911 and Hi Power Grips
Screws,Pouches,Grip Tape, MSH's
www.vzgrips.com
Power Wrist Wraps
World famous powerlifting wraps Super
Supportive, Mega Quality
InzerAdvanceDesigns.com
grip-engineering
grips + fixtures for tensile tester Zubehör für
Materialprüfmaschinen
www.grip.de

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

8 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007

9 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Brabo Choke Homework: Progressive Grips | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Braz... http://www.aesopian.com/168/brabo-choke-homework-progressive-grips/

September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 08/06/2009 14:55
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

Grapplers Over 30 Only 7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body
Mat Survival Secrets fat, but this method does
TheWiseGrappler.com www.GetLeanAbs411.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Bow-and-arrow Choke
10 November 2006 515 views No Comment

It’s time for me to reveal my secrets. Below is my current favorite choke. It is extremely high percentage,
so much so that you’ll actually feel like it was too easy. Oh, you think I’m joking but I’ve had people
come back to me and say just that. You’ll have maybe two or three fingers in the collar and spin out for
this and think there’s no way it’s really that tight. It doesn’t feel that tight to you. Then they tap. It’s
magic. And I’m going to share this magic with you.

1 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

I am going for the basic rear collar choke (as seen here), but they are keeping their left arm tight to their
body, denying me from reaching under to grab the collar.

Notice how low my grip is on the collar. This may be because I am unable to feed it deeper, or I just plan
on doing the following choke already. This choke actually works better with a looser grip; gripping too
deeply in the collar can actually put stress on your wrist later.

Unable to get under their arm, I reach down and grab their knee with my left hand.

2 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

I pull myself to the knee as I throw my left hook across their body and take out my right hook.

I need to spin out and bring my right leg behind their head before they can put their weight on my leg and
prevent me from doing so.

After spinning out, it should be like they’ve fallen backwards into the space you opened up. Notice how I
am sitting up, not letting my hips be trapped under them. You know you’ve got it right when their head is

3 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

resting on your thigh. Keep ahold of their knee so they can’t run or roll away.

To defend the choke, Greg has reached up and grabbed my arm to try to pull it over his head, which will
stop it.

4 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

To prevent this, I throw my legs over his arm until I’ve pinned it then I cross my ankles. Do this whether
or not they attempt the defense. I just taught it in this context to show you how to stop a common defense.

The important detail at this point is to make sure your calf is on their shoulder in order to lock down their
upper body.

You’ll find that if you keep working to trap this arm, you’ll catch it like it’s in the crucifix or even put
them into triangles.

5 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

To finish, I lay back and arch my shoulders, pulling on the lapel and the knee. The grip on the knee
prevents them from turning away from it. This is a really powerful choke since it puts your entire back
into it.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass

6 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast


Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007

7 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/9/bow-and-arrow-choke/

July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 09/06/2009 8:49
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

BJJers Over 40 Only Judo Tatami Mats


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover High quality Tatami Mats for Judo and Martial
7 Mat Survival Secrets Arts
TheWiseGrappler.com www.e-bogu.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game


30 November 2006 106 views 4 Comments

Bjarni Baldursson of Straight Blast Gym in Iceland put together an excellent tutorial on two aspects of his
half guard, and he was happy to let me share them here.

What I found especially interesting about his material is how it’s very similar to Eddie Bravo’s, but has
little variations. His lockdown has a slight difference in foot placement. He gets the underhook much like
Eddie does with the Jaws of Life, and he gets the butterfly hook almost like Eddie’s Super Stomp, but
neither are exactly the same.

I like to see the little differences that happen when multiple sources work on the same positions and
strategies, and what Bjarni shows is very solid material. I’m going to be working on this to see if I can’t
revive my underhooking half guard game.

From Bjarni’s Half Guard Game

Just wanted to show you a part of my half guard game. It’s mainly what I use to get the
underhook and block the cross face by using lockdown and pushing the guys chin, or if that
doesn’t work I go to Butterfly half guard.

1 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

Before I continue I’d like to point out that I don’t use this kind of lockdown, as it traps one of
my legs and makes it harder to get to Butterfly Half Guard.

Instead I use this one. I pull my left heel towards me and press on my right calf with my left
toes.

2 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

When he’s cross facing me with his left shoulder I use the lockdown and extend my legs to
pull him down, and get the pressure off my chin.

3 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

1. I push on his chin to make him look to his right. (It’s important to push on the chin and not
on the side of his head cause it’s really hard for him to resist that.)

2. By doing that I create enough space to get my right hand through his armpit and block the
cross-face.

3. I simultaneously a) press with both hands to push his chin/head further away and b) move
my torso left and turn a bit into him.

4. Continue pushing with my right arm while I get the underhook with my left hand.

5. Go as much under him as I can.

6. Move my right hand off of his chin and on his left bicep.

If, on the other hand, he keeps his head down so I can’t push his chin to the side, I try to go to
Butterfly Half Guard. Most of the time when he pushes his head down the legs get a little
lighter so I’m able to lift them.

1. I lift his leg up, almost kicking it up.

2. Swing my left leg in. (It’s difficult to do this if you use the lockdown that’s on the first
picture.)

3-6. Get the hook in and secure his leg.

4 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

4 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

OldDog53 said:

Pictures 1 & 2 in the unnumbered top sequence make sense; but I don’t understand the third
unnumbered picture from the top. It looks like Bjarni’s no longer has his practice partner’s leg
trapped, and looks more like a traditional figure 4 guard (with the left leg straight on the outside) but
without a leg trapped. Huh?

The comment about using the lockdown to relieve some pressure from the shoulder cross face to
open up space for the Jaws of Life look-alike technique is helpful. I didn’t know that. Pushing on
the jaw instead of the temple, huh?

# 30 November 2006 at 7:03 pm

Bjarni said:

Hi OldDog53

You were asking about…..

“but I don’t understand the third unnumbered picture from the top.”
Just wanted to show the cross-face.

“Pushing on the jaw instead of the temple, huh?”


If you push on the guys temple he can push back with his head, but if you push on his chin/cheek
his jaw joint can’t take the pressure of pushing back against your hand!

Hope this helps :D

# 1 December 2006 at 7:41 am

blanko said:

great stuff!!!

# 2 December 2006 at 8:54 am

blanko said:

also pushing his jaw turns his head and it “prevents” his neck and his back becomeing one “line”;
that also takes some of his strength away.

# 2 December 2006 at 8:57 am

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

5 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

6 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views

7 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
A Part of Bjarni’s Half Guard Game | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu... http://www.aesopian.com/86/a-part-of-bjarnis-half-guard-game/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 08/06/2009 14:57
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Control Techniques Drives


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drives in Stock -Ship Today! New,
Mat Survival Secrets Remanufactured or Repaired
TheWiseGrappler.com www.cimtecautomation.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Back Control and Monkey Feet


13 November 2006 87 views No Comment

Leo Kirby, a purple belt in South Florida, and I have been conspiring to breakdown Marcelo Garcia’s
game from the back. Leo has been to four seminars and done like 16 hours of private lessons with
Marcelo so he’s got more hands on experience with what I’m going to share. I picked up a lot of the same
points from watching footage of Marcelo competing and watching him roll at the seminar.

Here’s the basic formula: When you’ve got the harness, the arm that’s over the shoulder is the “choking
arm”, the one that will attack the neck. You want to roll them to the side of the choking arm. And you
only really need to worry about keeping the hook in on this side.

So what can you do with the other hook?

From watching footage of Marcelo competing and observing him roll at the seminar, I’ve picked up
several options. Leo has confirmed these and given more several more. You will see Marcelo constantly
working on his opponent with his free leg, busily hooking and dragging and locking it all over the place.

Here are the tricks we’ve gleaned thus far.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

You can take it out and step on their hip to monitor it. You could even take it out and step on the floor to
shrimp back and keep your hips free.

When you’ve got someone like this, one of their main escapes will be to try to roll to the other side and
drive their back to the mat as they turn to face you.

When the bridge to try to do this, you can put your hook behind their knee and lift, preventing them from
turning.

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

I don’t use this control much, but Leo was adamant that I include it since he says Marcelo will do this a
lot and RNC from it. The bottom hook goes really deep and the free top hook triangles around the leg with
it. It’s like a backwards half guard, and it’ll be familar to anyone who likes the twister. Leo says that
Marcelo will get this when people are trying to scramble away. He does a really strong “cobra stretch” by
driving his hips in and arching his legs back. He does this same stretch from this position or with both
hooks in when he’s finish the RNC or any rear choke.

The top hand gets a one-on-one on the wrist and pushes it down towards the hips.

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

The knee comes down on the elbow and pinches the arm to the body, pinning it.

They will usually straighten their arm while trying to free it.

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

Which gives you an opportunity to throw your leg over the arm and hook it. Now that arm can’t help
defend their neck.

I actually just go straight to hooking his arm without breaking it down or pinching the elbow with my
knee, but those are needed if they are keeping it well hidden from your hook.

Happy hunting.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Master Hypnotist Training


Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
Control Techniques Drives
Drives in Stock -Ship Today! New,
Remanufactured or Repaired
www.cimtecautomation.com
Dancer Arm Rotary Sensor
Rotation Sensor for Dancer Arm Tensioner Control
Sensor
www.everightsensors.com
Douglas Stafford
Specialist Automotive Training, Telephone &
Video Mystery Shopping
www.douglasstafford.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

The “No Posture” Pass


UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Back Control and Monkey Feet | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/21/back-control-and-monkey-feet/

August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:45
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

BJJers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
7 Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems


29 November 2006 149 views 6 Comments

I was going to save this for after I’d covered everything about my tournament, but I couldn’t resist the
urge to share it after receiving my copy of Mastering the Rubber Guard by Eddie Bravo yesterday.

From what I’ve seen, the most common problems with (and arguments against) rubber guard are getting
stacked, getting passed too easily, the demands on one’s flexibility and the risk of injury. I’ve experienced
all of these problems myself and had mostly given up on rubber guard because of them.

It wasn’t until I attended Eddie Bravo’s seminar that I gained renewed interest and faith in the rubber
guard. He taught details that handily fix most these problems. Seeing him teach it in person and hearing
him repeatedly stress certain points made me realize how I’d be doing it wrong all along. I was missing all
the little details on the grips and positions that are hard to pick up from photographs.

I now think most complaints about the rubber guard come from people who are studying it out of pictures
in books and websites, like I was. It’s hard to learn the right pressure to maintain while doing rubber guard
and you’ll miss little but important details without seeing and learning it in person.

I’ve only just gotten into the book, but already I see that Eddie has devoted a lot of the book to breaking
down these details and the strategies that are missing from his previous book and online tutorials.

Let’s see if I can’t offer something he didn’t with a couple little details I’ve worked out.

A Common Problem

I want to open with a common problem I used to have with rubber guard, and one I suspect many others
are still having. If you’ve played with rubber guard, you’ve probably had this happen more times than you
care to count.

1 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

You’ve broken their posture and gotten mission control.

Your opponent reaches back. Oh boy, you can feel your triangle coming!

2 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

But before you get anywhere, he’s blocked your leg with his elbow and is crushing it to the mat. He’s not
out yet though, so maybe there’s still hope for you.

Oh no, now you’re screwed. He’s gotten his knee in and really killed your rubber guard.

3 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

Maybe you’ll catch them in a “half rubber guard” of sorts and try to work from there (as I’ve seen done,
and as Eddie shows in his book with moves like the Carni), but I’ll bet they’ll just keep driving through
and try to explode your groin.

You’ll likely let go of your rubber guard because of the pain and pressure, and if you’re lucky and they
don’t pass outright, you’ll end up in half guard.

The Fixes
In his book, Eddie devotes an entire chapter to troubleshooting common problems from rubber guard,
including what to do when you they’ve stepped over your free leg. But I’d rather just avoid the situation
entirely.

4 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

I worked out these details by experimenting with what he showed at his seminar, but I now see he
describes them in the introduction to the rubber guard chapter of his book, in the section “Troubleshooting
Mission Control”. Consider this the pictorial companion to his words.

To start fixing this problem, we’ve got to move back to before we’re even in rubber guard.

I’ve got a normal closed guard and I’m breaking their posture.

I step with my right foot on the hip as I climb my other leg up the back. This is actually where you start
setting it up so he can’t pass over your leg. It’s hard to see, but you need to understand that I am
squeezing my knees together with constant pressure, pinching them to his sides. I call this the “thigh
master”.

5 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

When I grab my foot and go to mission control, my free leg is still thigh mastering against his ribs.

Compare this to the first picture in this tutorial, paying special attention to the position of my knee, and
the relationship of his arm to my thigh. My knee is up under his armpit and my thigh is behind his triceps,
blocking him from behind his elbow or reaching back and pressing down on the inside of my thigh.

Eddie stressed this point over and over again at his seminar, saying the ability to maintain this constant
squeezing pressure with your legs is extremely important to a tight rubber guard (or any closed guard). He
also said (and writes in his book) that it takes a while to build the endurance to keep the thigh master on
all that time, but it will pay off when you can.

I’ve been trying to work the constant thigh master into my closed guard, and it’s one factor I attribute my
tournament wins to. If you keep a constant squeeze (as well as pulling your heels to your butt), any high
guard game becomes drastically tighter and harder to posture out of. Once you’ve got your legs
conditioned, it’s harder to high guard well with loose legs because they’ll be able to posture up and rip out
whenever they feel in danger. So putting in a little extra effort beforehand will prevent a lot of problems
from arising later.

I can cover the basics of defending the stack as well as minimizing flexibility abuse and joint injury (which
go hand in hand) at the same time.

6 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

Here is a view of mission control from the side.

The first point to notice is that I have my foot on the hip. This is my first defense to the stack, allowing me
to push them off when they drive in. Simple enough. Eddie covers counters to the stack in his book that
actually sweep and submit them.

This foot on the hip is also what saves my joints and reduces the demands on my flexibility. Even before I
use it to defend the stack, I can use my foot on the hip to tell if I’ll be able to easily get rubber guard or
not. If I can’t get my foot on the hip, I know my guard is too low and I’ll have to pull my leg too high to
work rubber guard. I’ve seriously hurt my hip joint before by not keeping this point in.

Another way to gauge this is by the position of his head relative to my stomach. If he is at my sternum or
above, I know I’ll have to really stretch to pull my leg up for rubber guard. If his face is in my stomach,
down by my hips, then I know I am high enough that it won’t be hard to get rubber guard. Look at the
angle between my back and my left leg, with my hip as the corner. It’s nothing extreme, like having to
bring my foot to my face, and this is because I made sure to get my guard high enough that I could put my
foot on the hip.

I know a lot of people have hurt their knees and even their ankles while trying rubber guard. I’ve never
had problems with this, thankfully, and I think it is because I have always tried to bend at the hips more
than trying to pull my knees or feet around. When you’re going for more demanding moves like tight
omoplatas or gogoplatas, be careful with how much you pull your foot and how much stress is on your
knee, and try to get your leg into place by bending at the hips.

Rubber guard does demand a degree of flexibility that most people have trouble with at first. Go easy at
first, and don’t try it on anyone who’s going to spaz out and thrash out of it. Work on your flexibility;
Eddie’s stretching chapter is great for this. Drill it for a while to get the steps and positions down.

If you want to really get into the rubber guard, I highly recommend picking up a copy of Eddie Bravo’s
book, Mastering the Rubber Guard. What I’ve shown here is just a couple little scraps of the complete
game he’s designed.

6 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

7 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

OldDog53 said:

Most excellent, although on my Training Log I’ve been banned from discussing or showing any
interest in Rubber Guard until I have lost my newbieness.

# 29 November 2006 at 4:23 pm

Aesopian said:

You are violating your parole.

# 29 November 2006 at 4:24 pm

OldDog53 said:

This isn’t a question about actual Rubber Guard techniques, just the general theory, so hopefully
I’m not violating my parole.

But IYHO (in your humble opinion) do you think Rubber Guard is principally no-gi, or do the
techniques work well with a gi? We know that Eddie’s big thesis is that a lot of gi techniques don’t
translate well into no-gi because you lose your gripping points, but is the opposite true as well, that
no-gi techniques lose their edge when you put the kimono back on because of all the added gripping
points?

(By Rubber Guard I don’t mean just Mission Control etc., but rather the whole flow-charted and
interrelated sequences Eddie shows in the new book, like Butterfly Guard, Twister Side Control,
Half Guard, the gi-less guard passes, etc.)

# 30 November 2006 at 12:24 pm

Aesopian said:

It all works with the gi on. The friction is just different, sometimes for the better, sometimes for the
worse. You can even add gi grips to most of his stuff to make it tighter, though your opponent can
also use gi grips to defend it.

# 30 November 2006 at 12:27 pm

Dochter said:

Continue discussion here: http://www.aesopian.com/forum/general/topic-2/


?

# 30 November 2006 at 2:01 pm

8 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

Aesopian said:

Here, actually: http://www.aesopian.com/forum/techniques/topic-3/

# 30 November 2006 at 2:11 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Double Bundle ACL Recon


by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon - Call
683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Ilshinautoclave
High-temperature, High-pressure Supercritical
fluid,Pressure vessel
suflux.com
LDLT Text Book
New book by Kyoto University Living-donor liver
transplant team
www.prous.com
Better than Liposuction
Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews

9 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

10 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Fixing Common Rubber Guard Problems | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/83/fixing-common-rubber-guard-problems/

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

11 of 11 08/06/2009 14:58
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Powerful Golf Stretching


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy
Mat Survival Secrets Golf Stretching Makes You Good
TheWiseGrappler.com www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Stupid Simple Armdrag


8 November 2006 213 views No Comment

This is the next installment in the stupid simple sweep series.

Starting from knees. I have combat base, where I’ve got one knee up and I’m sitting on my other leg.

1 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

Jon reaches for my lapel to get the match started.

I grab his wrist with my left hand and pass it to my right.

2 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

I cross grip his sleeve with my right hand, using a pistol grip.

I kick my left leg out and step on his knee. If you saw the first stupid simple sweep, you’ll know the
extremely important detail on how I do this. Hint: push on the inside to the outside, then back, not straight
back.

3 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

I kick out my other leg and plant it on his hip to keep him stretched out. I am also crossing his arm to the
other side.

I fall back using my upper body weight to stretch and keep crossing his arm. I keep kicking out his knee
and pushing on his hip, going for the sweep.

4 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

SURPRISE TWIST! He bases out and postures back to defend the sweep. This is what I said would
happen when I taught the stupid simple sweep: they will often be able to defend it. So I sit back up and get
ready to take advantage of this.

My right hand comes off the sleeve and grabs his triceps. My left hand is still gripping the wrist and
passing it under my right arm.

5 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

I lean forward, getting shoulder to shoulder. My left hand comes off the wrist and grabs the belt.

Wanting to just finish the sweep, I fall back again with my new super deep grip on the arm and keep
kicking out his knee.

6 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

I twist to come on top. Note the Halloween underwear.

Now in mount, with the arm still hugged across my body. In the super bright white of his arm, you can see
I’m still grabbing his triceps.

Let’s say I don’t want to sweep him but take his back instead. Rewind to this point:

7 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

I’ve armdragged him and I’ve got a grip on his belt. Since I want to take his back, I’ve taken my right foot
off his hip and put it between his legs, like I’m going to half guard.

I lift my left leg way up in the air…

8 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

...and swing it down, giving me the momentum to sit up without posting my hands on the mat or releasing
my grips.

I get my chest on his back and take a harness grip, reaching under his far armpit and joining hands. I cinch
my elbows to my ribs to glue me to his back. It’s hard to make out in the photo, but I have also gotten to
my right knee while keeping my foot in place to act as a hook.

9 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

Instead of trying to climb all the way up on his back, I fall back and use my harness grip to pull him down
on to his side. You know what to do here. But I’ve got some extra details I picked up from Marcelo
Garcia and a friend named Leo Kirby that I’m going to share anyway.

When I’ve got the harness grip, if I can put them on their side like this, I only need to keep one hook on
the same side as my choking arm. In this case, this is his right side, my right hook and my right arm. My
left foot is free to do different things. I could just put it in as a hook like normal, or I could do this:

I am stepping on his hip (to keep him turned on his right side) and I am pinching the side of my knee down
on his left arm, pinning it to his ribs. I could use a one-on-one grip to pass his arm down to do this, but I
just skipped ahead for this photo. This is a surprisingly strong way to trap the arm since it holds it in an
awkward position.

10 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

If they do straighten their arm to escape, you can hook it with your leg, like this:

Now he’s foyally rucked. You’ve now totally killed that arm, and if he takes out your right hook, you can
still switch to the crucifix.

What makes these work so well in combination with the stupid simple sweep is that when they posture
back and trying to pull their arm out, they actually give you something solid to climb in order to get on
their back.

God, I’m just totally awesome.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Grapplers Over 40 Only


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
Powerful Golf Stretching
For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy Golf
Stretching Makes You Good
www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Golf Swing Instruction
Complete Package Guaranteed to Fix Your Golf
Swing. Free Golf DVD.
www.GolfSwingBook.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

11 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008

12 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Armdrag | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aes... http://www.aesopian.com/6/stupid-simple-armdrag/

February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

13 of 13 09/06/2009 8:50
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

BJJers Over 40 Only 1 Trick for a Flat Belly:


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body
7 Mat Survival Secrets fat, but this method does
TheWiseGrappler.com www.GetLeanAbs411.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

North-south Escape to the Back


28 November 2006 310 views 9 Comments

Consider this the first edition of Aesopian’s Tournament Tested Techniques. I’m starting off the series
with the north-south escape that saved my bacon in the final match of the light weight blue belt division.

This move takes some flexibility in your back and hips, and long legs certainly help. I don’t recommend it
as your main escape from north-south, but it’s well worth knowing so you can use it when the situation
calls for it.

I am in the unfortunate situation of being stuck under north-south. I need to make sure he doesn’t hug my
arms, or I won’t be able to push on his hips, and worse, I’m more vulnerable to kimuras.

1 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

Reach out and grab his hips with both hands. Shove him away, trying to lift his hips and scoot your chest
down.

At the same time, stretch your legs and plant your feet…

2 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

...and drag yourself out some. Use the line between the mats as a reference to see how I’ve escaped my
hips out.

This is where the reverse shrimping you never do and I get scoffed at for drilling comes in handy.

Shoving their hips and escaping yours down should put your head under their chest. My arms and neck are
extremely exposed so I need to be quick with the escape.

3 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

When he sprawls to try to stop all of the wiggling I’ve been doing, I lock my arms out and shove his hips
as high as I can.

I quickly start a backwards somersault motion, throwing my legs up on his back.

4 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

I get the first hook in and use it to pry myself out the rest of the way.

This is where a flexible back and long legs make themselves valuable. They will likely try to keep your
upper body down and smash you from here.

To minimize the stress on your back and neck, roll over one shoulder.

5 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

Just keep digging your hooks in and using them to pull yourself on to their back. “Walk” on your
shoulders and shake your upper body out until you’re free.

Free your self completely and enjoy your new position on their back.

9 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

OldDog53 said:

6 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

You said, in part: “To minimize the stress on your back and neck, roll over one shoulder.” Does it
matter which shoulder, based on which leg hook you get in first?

And in the picture just above that caption, why doesn’t blue just push you back down (push
forward)? (Yeah, I’ll have to try it, once we get open mat time so I can corner a practice partner….)

# 28 November 2006 at 4:39 pm

Aesopian said:

They will do that, and it will stop the escape sometimes, but once I’ve got a hook in I can almost
always pull myself out. The counter to this escape is to drive in, drop your hips and flatten their hips
out.

# 28 November 2006 at 4:41 pm

blanko said:

nice move

# 28 November 2006 at 4:58 pm

Garbanzo Bean said:

A hidden special feature of this technique is that inserting the first hook often off-balances the
opponent enough to roll him over onto his side a bit, making it easier to insert the other hook and
climb up the back.

If you’re having trouble jumping all the way to the back with hooks in-be it from lack of flexibility,
short legs, whatever-think about hooking your first leg to go over into the back of your opponent’s
belt, then sinking your hooks from there.

Much like the original escape, it’s not your best option, but it’s there and can be effective.

# 28 November 2006 at 7:10 pm

Garbanzo Bean said:

I guess I just learned how to strike through words.

# 28 November 2006 at 7:12 pm

Dochter said:

I’ve actually gotten this sortof via the method GB mentions. I have had the most success in setting
this up by first doing the leg pendulum swingy thing and then going to the single hook.

7 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

Didn’t JohnnyS post this awhile back on Bullshido?

# 28 November 2006 at 7:53 pm

Aesopian said:

Johnny showed a similar escape a long time ago but the photos are no longer online. I was trying to
find it when I was putting up his other tutorials.

# 29 November 2006 at 10:53 am

Dochter said:

That’s what I figured. As I recall it was generally scoffed at when first posted. I too thought “no
way in hell is that going to work for me”. I remember appreciating the irony when I first got it.

# 29 November 2006 at 12:07 pm

Dochter said:

In response to your opponent pushing you back down, depending on their hip placement and head
position you can sometimes somersault them over you and take their back similar to how Viera
takes people’s back while they’re turtled.

The sometimes should really be “once in a very rare while”. Quite amusing to get though.

# 29 November 2006 at 12:09 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Swim.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

8 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008

9 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
North-south Escape to the Back | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/79/north-south-escape-to-the-back/

February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 08/06/2009 14:59
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Kicking Techniques


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays
Mat Survival Secrets - Sign Up Today
TheWiseGrappler.com www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Stupid Simple Sweep


8 November 2006 158 views One Comment

The first in the stupid simple sweep series.

This sweep is not very flashy or complicated, nor is it at all original or unique. It is pretty simple, maybe
even stupidly so, thus my name for it: the stupid simple sweep. And as I’ll explain later, you’ll rarely get it
exactly as shown below.

But none of that stops it it from being my one of my current favorites.

Jon is in my closed guard with posture, holding my lapels. I am cupping his right wrist with my left hand
and cross gripping his sleeve with my right hand.

1 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

I open my guard and step on his hips with both feet. I keep my knees pressing in towards him so he can’t
easily reach back and push them down.

I straighten my legs and push off his hips to scoot away.

2 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

I sit up then quickly jerk my chest back as I shove my hands up, stripping his grip off my lapel.

I sit up again after stripping his grip. My left foot comes off his hip and steps on the inside of his right
knee.

3 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

I sit forward and cross his arm as I kick his knee out, blocking it with my foot.

EXTREMELY IMPORTANT DETAIL: Do not try to just push their knee straight back—that won’t
work. They’ve got a lot of weight on the knee and pushing straight into it won’t move it much. Instead,
push it out (from the inside) to spread their knees apart and then push it back. This is much, much easier,
as you will see if you experiment a little with it.

From the other angle, notice how my foot is still on his hip. I’ve tried to switch to a butterfly hook at this
point, but it doesn’t have much power to lift them when I’m sitting so far away. Instead, it serves more of
a purpose on their hip, helping to stretch them out. I will also use my knee and shin on his chest to help
twist him for the sweep.

4 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

I fall back, using my body weight to pull his arm and I keep pushing his knee out. Notice how stretched
out Jon is. You won’t always get it this good in sparring, but you can sure try.

If everything goes exactly as planned, you get this really exaggerated mid-sweep shot. Most people won’t
really get this stretched out, but this gives you an idea of how much commitment I put into it.

5 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

As he rolls sideways, I twist my hips and come on top.

Tudda. Mount.

As I said at the start, you’ll rarely get this sweep as shown here. If you do get it, you’re lucky if you get it
on your first try. But that’s not really why I go for it. I just like to use the threat of this sweep more than
anything. This sweep is really simple, not much more than just pulling their arm and kicking out their
knee, but this is actually its virtue. You can just keep repeating it over and over and over again until it
works or they give you something else.

Keep kicking out their knee, breaking their base, breaking posture, crossing the arm, stretching them out.
Over and over and over. They’ll posture, they’ll pull back, they’ll try to post their hands and feet, they’ll
try to stand up, they’ll go to combat base, they’ll do all sorts of stuff. But none of those really stop you

6 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

from just trying to hit this sweep again. As simple as it is, they’ve got to defend it, and it’s how they react
to this that will setup other sweeps and submissions. Later I’ll show how I armdrag and take the back off
this. If you’re good boys and girls, I’ll also use it to setup a triangle-armbar.

For example, just yesterday, I rolled with two purple belts and probably went for this sweep ten times on
each one. I’d go for it but they’d defend somehow, so I’d reset enough to go for it again. And again. And
again. By about the fourth or fifth time, they’d have fallen enough behind that the next time I tried, it
actually worked. Or they’d be so messed up from trying to recover that I’d switch to another sweep or a
triangle. Talking to one of them afterwards, he said that he felt like he was always behind, trying to catch
up and could never settle himself to even start passing.

So keep the pressure on, keep threatening this sweep, go for it with commitment over and over again, and
they’ll fall more and more behind, until you finally get them with it or something better.

A little more on the grips. Here is the one I use:

One hand cups the wrist and the other pistol grips the gi. I like this grip for several reasons, including 1)
the pistol grip controls them trying to pull out and is good for pulling them back, 2) the grip on the wrist
controls side to side movement well and prevents them from doing an easy circular grip break and 3) my
fingers don’t get wrecked when they rip out.

You could also grip this way:

7 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

Pretty much the same, only with a different grip on the sleeve. It’s more secure but more taxing on your
fingers.

Or this way:

This grip probably gives you the most pulling power on their arm, but doesn’t control it much in other
directions and is easier to escape with circular grip breaks. But mostly it just rubs my knuckles raw until
they bleed and turns my hands to claws when they rip their arm out.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

8 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

codemonkey76 said:

It’s all seriousness until photo7, both of you can’t keep a straight face, lol

# 9 January 2007 at 10:45 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Goooooogle

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews

9 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

10 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/5/stupid-simple-sweep/

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

11 of 11 09/06/2009 8:50
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

Ogontz Corporation Grapplers Over 40 Only


Self contained temperature valves Freeze / Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7
Scald / Process Control Mat Survival Secrets
ogontz.co.uk TheWiseGrappler.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Heel Drag Side Control Escape


25 November 2006 192 views 2 Comments

I’ve had this sitting around for a while, but since I use it in my soon-to-be-released tournament footage, I
felt I should get it up on the site so I can refer to it later.

If I owe anyone for this escape, it’s probably Roy Harris. My first good mount escape (and still my
favorite) is the heel drag, which he showed on his website as a drill to improve hip movement. Somehow, I
mutated this move and applied it to escaping side control and the end result is a knee crank that ends with
me in half guard.

I have been caught under side control. They are clasping their hands around my upper body and head. I
have my right foot on my left knee to close the space around my stomach so they have less room to take
mount.

1 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

Most important of all, despite being under side control, I have good posture. My arms are between his
chest and mine, with my elbows in and my hands by my face. My left forearm is across his neck and my
right hand is by my cheek, defending the crossface. My left elbow is inside his arm, since he will be trying
to underhook it to lock down the position.

Regardless of what escape I want to do, having correct posture is extremely important. If he’s
underhooking my arms or trapping them with his knees, I’ll have trouble with any escape. If I’m spazzing
out and hugging him or grabbing over his back or headlocking him, I’m just preventing myself from
escaping. And I must have reverted back to being a gotarded white belt or something.

If you take anything away from this, it should be the importance of proper posture. This escape and most
others won’t mean much without it.

2 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

To begin the heel drag escape, I straighten my right leg (the one nearest to their knee) as I use the other
one to turn my hips on their side.

I step over with my left leg over and hunt for their leg, trying to hook my heel on the far side of it.

Someone with a good top game will hide their foot so you can’t hook it this easily, so don’t get your heart
too set on this escape if you can’t hook their leg after 2-3 tries. Give up on it for the moment and just go
back to the normal elbow-escapes and such.

But while you’re doing your standard escapes, you may find that you’re forcing them to scramble to keep
you down, and they’ll often leave their leg out by accident, giving you just what you need to nail this
escape.

So like all moves, use this in combination with others, not as a one-shotter.

3 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

I catch their ankle and drag my heel back, lifting their foot as their knee gets blocked by my thigh.

I bend my leg, trying to bring my heel to my butt, so their foot slides up behind the back of my knee. This
adjustment is what traps their leg (so they can’t drive up and pull their foot out) and is what really makes
the move work.

4 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

I scissors my legs, stepping on the floor with my left foot as I try to bring my right leg under their knee. I
also hip into them like I want to roll them to my left (which will actually happen sometimes). This creates
a knee cranking pressure that can hurt pretty bad, and they will usually try to relieve it by lifting their
knee and straightening their leg, making it easier for you to pass your right leg under it.

From above, you can see how harshly I have twisted their leg. I am still cranking their leg back with their
ankle trapped behind my bent knee. My right leg has now passed to the other side, giving me half guard. I
am bending my leg and using it to block their knee from trying to drive back out to side control.

5 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

To relieve the pressure on their knee, they will drive it to their right, which firmly lands them in my half
guard. My escape is now complete. Next begins the half guard game, but we’ll go over that another day.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

Dochter said:

This is a common technique at my school, and one that I personally use a lot under both mount and
side control (and for the remaining leg under half).

There is actually a nice way you can take mount from side if your opponent likes this move. Give
your opponent the far leg (in this picture series, the left leg) to hook, without them realizing which
leg it is. Now you basically have grapevined the one leg. Drive the knee of the free leg up to KOS
and toward their stomach and then into their far armpit. This move works best when you’re grinding
the hell out of their face with your shoulder from side and they can’t see what you’re doing.

When your opponent is savvy to this method of taking mount it is easy for them to stuff it (and
possibly sweep you) but it can be quite effective. It has been particularly effective against me when
I’m facing an opponent where I have to be very effective and aggresive (i.e. when they way
outclass me).

# 28 November 2006 at 1:29 pm

Dochter said:

I should say, I don’t do it quite how you do but similar.

# 28 November 2006 at 1:30 pm

6 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Escapes Duramas S.A.


Tubos de escape de Acero Inoxidable Stainless
Steel Mufflers
www.duramas.com
Kendo Protectors
Free Ship for orders over $100 Wholesale prices
on large inventory
www.E-Bogu.com
Need Adaptive Control?
This book gives practical advice on choosing
adaptive control products
www.Amazon.com
Prostheses to move you
Innovative upper and lower limb solutions from
the world leader
www.ottobock.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson

7 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

8 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Heel Drag Side Control Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/73/heel-drag-side-control-escape/

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,579 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,133 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,665 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,969 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,569 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 08/06/2009 14:59
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

Grapplers Over 40 Only 7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body
Mat Survival Secrets fat, but this method does
TheWiseGrappler.com www.GetLeanAbs411.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Basic Rear Collar Choke


13 November 2006 164 views One Comment

This weekend, I had planned on shooting a series on breaking posture from closed guard, but my training
partner Trog showed up. We’ve been working on a series of back attacks and chokes together so we felt
it’d be a better use of our time to shoot these instead. We’ve got some awesome collar chokes we’ve been
doing that we wanted to share.

But before we get on to the awesome ones, there are some fundamentals I wanted to cover first. Nothing
below should be that new to anyone who trains, but I am trying to build up the number of detailed
tutorials of basic moves that are available online. We’ve already got plenty of advanced moves and a lot
of poorly done basics, but I’d like to see more solid fundamentals done in great detail.

So with that in mind, here is the…

Rear collar choke

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

We are in a sitting rear mount. I have both arms under his armpits, gripping both lapels. This gi grip is very
secure grip, giving you a lot of control over his upper body and allowing you to easily stay behind him if
he tries to turn to face you.

I have both my feet hooking over his thighs, with my heels pulling into his thighs. Do not cross your ankles
or they’ll triangle their legs over your feet and ankle lock you. Do not grapevine their leg by hooking your
toes behind their knees. This is just awkward and can lead to knee injuries.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

I pull out my right hand and reach over his shoulder, grabbing the opposite lapel.

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

I reach deeper into his collar, using my left hand to pull the lapel down and feed it deeper. This is the
detail I see most often forgotten, yet it can be the deciding factor to whether or not the choke works.

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

I reach across with my left hand and grab the opposite lapel.

As I go to finish, I fall back to my right side to put them on the opposite side than they need to be to
escape.

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

To finish, I straighten my arms, stretching them out like I want my right to shave the top of my left. My
right hand is pulling the collar across the neck as my left hand pulls down on the lapel, taking out the
slack. I am arching my shoulders and puffing my chest out to get the power of my back into the choke.
My hips are driving into him and my hooks are flexing back. The power of this choke comes from putting
your entire body into it like this, not just pulling on the lapels with your arms alone.

This may be one of the simplest chokes from the back, but it’s also one of the most powerful, and it is
necessary to threaten it to setup the chokes I’ll be showing later, so be sure you have it down right.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

Afrofeet said:

This is choke how I learned also. But last weekend i was at Leo Neves seminar (BB under Leo
Vieira I think) an he ask me to choke him. I did it like this and he said that is no good.
Then he show us the way he choke. The main thing is space. You have too much space for him to
escape.
Head to the head, and more one the side like on this picture
http://www.grapplearts.com/Images/PhotoOfTheWeek/Joe-Doerkson-Collar-Choke.jpg

# 2 May 2007 at 12:52 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

BJJers Over 40 Only


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Powerful Golf Stretching
For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy Golf
Stretching Makes You Good
www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Basic Rear Collar Choke | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/20/basic-rear-collar-choke/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:46
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Ab Exercises are Lame


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body
Mat Survival Secrets fat, but this method does
TheWiseGrappler.com www.GetLeanAbs411.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition


13 November 2006 243 views No Comment

Leo Kirby showed me a way Marcelo gets x-guard from half that I found really interesting. It takes a
movement that I never really liked doing from half guard (though sometimes do anyway when in the
position) and gave it a good tweak.

You have half guard on their left leg. Your right hand is ready to defend the crossface. Your left arm is
underhooking their right leg. Ideally, this would be really deep, with their leg on your shoulder, but
realistically you’ll just get a hand under their knee.

1 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

When they go for the crossface, duck your head and swim your right hand under their armpit.

Shove their armpit and ribs to send their upper body away.

2 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

Big Important Step: Switch your hips in them hard, like you want to go between their legs and under to go
behind them. This hip movement and the shoving of their chest throws their weight forward.

When they’re knocked forward, bring your left leg up behind them and step on their near hip.

3 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

Then bring your right leg up and step on the hip too. Use this to keep their weight off you.

They’ll likely stand and try to turn into you. This is like the one-legged guard shown above. Keep your
feet on the hip and pinch your knees around his leg. Your right hand pushes on their far knee to prevent
them from coming closer.

4 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

The left foot comes off the hip and hooks under their far leg, the start of x-guard hooking.

5 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

Then your right foot comes off the hip and hooks under their far knee. Presto chango, x-guard.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Swim.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

6 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007

7 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Marcelo’s Half to X-guard Transition | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/18/marcelos-half-to-x-guard-transition/

September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 09/06/2009 8:48
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Biomechanics


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 New Amazing Treatment Tips for Sports
Mat Survival Secrets Injury Professionals - Free!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.Sports-Coach.net

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep


9 November 2006 198 views One Comment

While planning the stupid simple series, I decided to show how to do it off a failed scissors sweep. But
then it struck me: in all my interneting, I’ve never seen a good and detailed scissors sweep tutorial. Those
that I have found lack a lot of important details or are not even what I’d call a “scissors sweep”. So I
resolved to shoot my own instructional of the move and put it up along side my stupid simple sweeps.

Here it is.

1 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Jon is in my closed guard with posture. I grab just under both his elbows. I don’t know which way I want
to sweep him yet so I hold both arms.

The placement of this grip is more important that you probably realize. If I were to just hold his wrists,
when I went for the sweep, even if I pulled his hand away, he’d still be able to drop his elbow to the mat
and post on it. With this elbow grip, I can take his elbow and forearm away.

Starting to stand, Jon gets to his right foot.

2 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Seeing his right foot go up, I get a cross collar grip on the opposite side, since that’s the direction I’ll be
sweeping him.

I’m sorry to say that I made an error in this photo. I should have reached under his arm to grab the collar,
not over. It just gives you better inside control of his posture.

3 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

I open my guard and straighten my left leg, making it heavy and stiff on his thigh. I use this to lift my hips,
slide backwards and turn sideways.

4 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

In addition to my Halloween underwear, from this angle you can see how I am stiffening my leg against
his thigh to lift my hips, scoot back and turn on my side.

After scooting away and turning sideways, I drive my knee across his waist, so my shin is across his
stomach and my foot is hooking his hips.

5 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

From the other side, you can see how my knee has penetrated all the way to the other side. Also notice
how my bottom leg is laying on the mat away from his knee. This space is important later when I want to
chop out his knee.

Now I pull him forward to break his balance and lift him with my shin. But there’s more to this than you
may realize—I know there is more than I realized. Most people will just pull down into themselves, with
their elbows going down to the mat. This is weak for two reasons: that just pulls their weight down on to
you and your elbows hit the ground before they can generate much power.

I train with a brown belt codenamed Mean Jeff whose number one sweep is the scissors and has been for
years. Having been on the receiving end of it several thousand times, I can tell you that he’ll make you do
airtime and flip over before hitting the ground, not just fall sideways as you do in drilling.

While teaching a class on nothing but the scissors sweep, Jeff showed how he does this. When he pulls
them, he actually tries to bring his elbows over his head, like he wants them to fly over him. He said its
like how judoka do kazushi for throws. The movement is what a Raspado, a purple belt in BJJ and green
in judo, calls “looking at your watch”, where you bring your wrists up to your face.

6 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

When you do this, you’ll feel their weight come off their legs, making them really easy to scissors now,
since their center of gravity is no longer resting over them.

From the side, you can see how I’m doing “judo elbows” on him and taking his weight off his legs.

My bottom leg chops out his knee. When I do this, I make sure to slide it along the mat and hit them at the
very bottom of their knee. Some people have a habit of lifting this leg and chopping them at the waist,
which doesn’t take out their leg.

7 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Twisting my hips to come on top.

8 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Now in mount. Notice how I’m still holding the same collar and elbow grip. You can use this to take an
armbar in the last photo instead of mounting, but that’s for another day.

I’ve seen a lot of people complain about the scissors sweep, usually about it being so basic that everyone
can counter it. I think part of this is that too many people wish it were a one-shot sweep, like it should
magically work the first try. Another lesson that came out of Jeff’s class is that, like with anything in BJJ,
you need to have different setups and follow-ups for the scissors sweep to get the most out of it.

So below I present the equivalent of the stupid simple sweep as a follow-up to a failed scissors sweep.

As should be clear from my expression, I went for a scissors sweep but it failed. Jon was able to keep his
base.

9 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

I bring my bottom leg up and step on the inside of his knee.

Kicking out his knee, I scissors my top leg again and do judo elbows. You should know the extremely
important detail on how I push the knee from the last two tutorials.

10 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Twisting my hips to come on top.

Mount with smugness.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

11 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

slideyfoot said:

Thanks for this – in combination with the Abhaya vid you found on Google, provided me with the
basics in order to get the scissor sweep working in class today. Awesome tutorial! :D

# 20 December 2006 at 5:20 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Goooooogle

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars

12 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

13 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Stupid Simple Scissors Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/7/stupid-simple-scissors-sweep/

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

14 of 14 09/06/2009 8:50
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Mat Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes


22 November 2006 74 views One Comment

More from black belt John Simon.

Here are two butterfly guard passes for your pleasure. I like both of these and use them quite regularly
and successfully. I consider them “lazy” guard passes because to do them properly you get your grips and
then “fall” past their guard.

The set-up involves having both of my knees on his hooks. My left hand reaches around his right leg and
grabs the bottom of the pants on his left leg.

1 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

From here I use my right hand to grab his left sleeve.

Then I simply fall onto my right side.

2 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

My opponent will try and put me in guard which he can’t do because I’m controlling his legs.

Straighten my left arm away from my body and get to side control.

This next pass is good to use when your opponent is sitting forward.

3 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

Start with the same grip on his pants.

Next, grab his collar and pull him forward. You need to make sure that his weight is on his ass, not his legs
so he can’t pull his head away. If he does manage to pull his head away, then go straight into a toreando
guard pass.

4 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

I bring my right knee up with my foot against his left hip and my knee in the gap between his body and his
legs.

Then I simply fall onto my right side to pass.

5 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

Complete into side control.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

blanko said:

n
i
c
e

# 2 February 2007 at 6:29 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Grapplers Over 30 Only


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
Height Clearance Bars
Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Master Hypnotist Training
Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
Cheapest Wing Chun Supply
Wooden Dummy, Butterfly Sword, Tutorial DVD &
Matial Art Equipment
wingchunsupply.webs.com

6 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008

7 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard Passes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/71/johnnys-butterfly-guard-passes/

October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 09/06/2009 8:29
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Softball Videos & DVDs


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Hitting, Pitching, Fielding, Base Running, &
Mat Survival Secrets Throwing Instruction!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ChampionshipProductions.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Brabo Choke Homework


12 March 2007 782 views 2 Comments

First off, watch this 44 minute brabo choke tutorial by Bjoern of Grappling.de. This is what got me in the
mood to go over this move.

The brabo choke (or whatever you want to call it) is a technique I’ve been practicing on and off for a
while now. Recently, with my focus on no-gi chokes, I’ve once again devoted myself to analyzing and
developing it.

Since the beginning of my training, I’ve had a habit of collecting grappling information online and
cataloging it. This article and its brabo choke tutorials, photos and descriptions gathered from all over the
internet are a result of this compulsion.

This choke, like it’s cousin the anaconda, has gone in and out of vogue several times in recent years. Its
rise in popularity tends to follow a victory in competition. The problem is that with each new appearance,
it takes on a new name.

Grappling and Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu suffers from horribly disorganized and confusing terminology. I believe
this can be a fairly serious (or at least annoying) obstacle to beginners. It also makes broadly sharing
techniques difficult since everyone seems to have their own vernacular. You have to dig through a maze
of Japanese, Brazilian and English—much of it slang—and deal with different arts having their own
names for the same thing.

What’s the difference between a kimura, a bent armlock, a keylock, a double wrist lock and ude garami?
Not much, besides the name.

We won’t solve all the problems of grappling taxonomy today, but I will try to make sense of the brabo
choke and its various names.

The first name I heard this choke given was “the Shaolin”, after Vitor “Shaolin” Ribeiro’s success with it.
(Vitor also has another “Shaolin choke” with the gi.) Otto Olsen credited it as such after using it in ADCC.

Later it came to share the name “brabo” with a lapel choke that is done from a similar position. I dug up a
little history on this name. From an interview with Leo Vieira:

Q: In the current edition of Grappling, Jacare is in demonstrating the Brabo choke and he

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

mentioned that you used the choke a lot.

A: Yes, I used it a lot, but I don’t know why they say I created it, as I always look to develop
something and look at the white belts training and I saw a white belt use it something like
that, and then I think ‘man, this can happen’ and then I worked on this position and everyone
started to call it the Brabo choke; Kid Peligro put the name to it, he loves to put names for
position (laughs).

Q: Does the name mean anything, Brabo?

A: It’s when something is aggressive and my old email used to be Leobrabo, then when I
showed it to Kid, came up with the name Brabo and it kind of stuck.

I believe he’s talking about the lapel choke, but like I said, they’re similar in terms of position and ended
up with the same name.

Most recently, it has taken on the name “the darce”, after Joe D’arce who was taught the move by “New
Zealand” John Danaher (both are Renzo Gracie black belts). Joe visited Marc Laimon’s school and was
catching guys with it, so Marc took it and taught it to guys like Jeff Glover and Bill “The Grill” Cooper.

At tournaments, Marc began yelling “D’arce him! D’arce him!” to coach his guys, and his competition
quickly adopted the name too.

This spawned variants such as the Marce for Marc’s own setup and the Sharce for Shinya Aoki’s
uchimata with whizzer to brabo choke.

Baret Yoshida calls it a reverse guillotine. Shinya Aoki calls it the spinning choke.

Ignoring the nicknames, you might objectively call it a reverse arm triangle.

There are really too many names for this move. I’m not an authority, but I’ll explain the ones I use:

Brabo – The arm triangle grip and submission, regardless of setup or position.

Darce – A brabo choke setup using a gable grip to crank their head into position.

Those are the only two names I use. (And I may switch to using “darce” exclusively, since it can’t be
confused with any gi chokes.)

Another common confusion about the brabo choke is how it is different than the anaconda choke. They
often look like the same thing, but they’re not.

Viewed from the front headlock (your opponent on all fours, facing you, and you sprawled with your
chest on his back), the difference is how you triangle your arms.

In the anaconda, your hand grips your biceps on the side of their trapped shoulder.

In the brabo, your grip is on the side of their head.

That’s basically it—you just close the arm triangle on different sides.

This is still enough to change the positions the brabo choke is available and the mechanics of finishing it.

Aside from the different names, the other time line you can follow is the availability of instruction on the
move. It can be found all over the place now, but information on it used to be very scarce.

The first time I read about the brabo choke online, I was told you could see Mike Fowler doing it in the

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

Grapplers.com photo gallery. I dug around and found my first glimpse of the technique:

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

Around the same time, someone on mma.tv took a photo of a Grappling magazine tutorial with Vitor
Shaolin teaching it. I later found and scanned this same one myself:

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

In the heyday of MMALibrary.com, I posted a collection of information on the brabo choke (much like
I’m doing now). This inspired Christian Graugart to include it in his tutorial on countering the underhook
escape from side control. He also showed a setup for it from reverse scarfhold in his new blog.

Around this this time in 2005, I spoke to a brown belt who’d just trained down at Gracie Barra in Rio and
he told me they were drilling the gi and no-gi brabo chokes.

It wasn’t until Stephan Kesting put his interview and techniques with Marcio Feitosa up that we got our
first real online brabo choke tutorials, gi and no-gi.

Soca shows it from half guard in the preview for his no-gi DVD, including a good detail on the pressure to
apply to finish the choke.

Indrek taught it in the top game section of Functional Half Guard.

A while back, I scanned a special Brazilian Top Team edition of Tatame magazine for it’s brabo choke
tutorial. They show getting it from sideride, using a gable grip to force them to their back (as well as knees
to the body, since it’s MMA).

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

One of Joe D’arce’s teammates said this (minus the striking) is the signature way he does it.

An aspect of the brabo that I found for myself and later saw in instructionals is that even when you can’t
finish the submission, you can use it as a half guard pass. This is shown in Mayhem Miller’s video tutorial:

Mayhem Miller Teaching the Darce

Rick Estrada of subfighter.com has done very good video instructionals of the brabo and its variations for
a while now. Just recently, he released an 8 minute video on using a combination of grips to get it and
other chokes that I found very helpful:

Brabo Choke To Darce Grip Snap Back To DB-Darce Choke

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

A sample of Shinya Aoki’s instructional DVD made its way on to youtube. His variaion shows the
creativity that has gone into finding new setups for this choke. It’s come a long way from just being forced
from half guard.

Shinya Aoki Counters a Butterfly Guard Pass with the Brabo Choke

Joe Camacho recently put out a brabo choke tutorial where he passes guard to get it and finishes from
north-south (which he feels is what makes it different than his darce).

Jeff Rockwell shows my favorite brabo choke setup and finish in his no-gi chokes instructional.

These are the main brabo choke resources available online. You can find even more in almost any recent
grappling or MMA magazine and a number of instructionals, such as ones by Baret Yoshida, Marcelo
Garcia, Shinya Aoki and Jeff Glover.

From all these tutorials and setups, you can breakdown a number of factors: the range of positions it can
be gotten from, the triggers positions to take it, the variety of grips used to cinch it, and the positions and
mechanics for finishing the submission.

By seeing how different body types and personalities approach the same move, you can gain a broader
understanding of it and find a way that works best for you. I don’t do the brabo exactly like any of the
tutorials I’ve shown here, but I’ve taken something away from all of them in one way or another.

I’ll lay out what I’ve figured out from all this material later. You can chew on it by yourself for a while.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

OldDog53 said:

I really like the way you compile various sources and put them in perspective. That’s much under-
rated. Plus you put all this material right at our fingertips. Kudos!

# 12 March 2007 at 11:05 am

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

OldDog53 said:

Ok, I’m going to take a private lesson based on this tutorial. I’ve asked my instructor to review the
clips here and then work with me on these chokes.

# 4 May 2007 at 12:32 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Brabo Choke Homework | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/143/brabo-choke-homework/

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:56
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Autocad 2007 Tutorial


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 A Complete Library Of Free Tips & Tricks &
Mat Survival Secrets Free Online Training, Now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.MyIGetIt.com/2007

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side


21 November 2006 207 views One Comment

When I shoot the photographs for a tutorial, I’ll often run through the move several times from different
angles to make sure I capture all the details and don’t need to reshoot later. As a result, I end up with a
large number of photos that never make it into instructionals. The most extreme case of this was my first
rubber guard tutorial, where I had shot the sequence once all the way through, but felt the angle didn’t
show the grip changes well enough so I did it again.

This left me with a ton of photos with nothing was particular “wrong” with them, just not meeting my
personal standard. But rather than let these go to waste, I’ve decided to share them since 1) it’s nice to
have a second angle on a move and 2) I think they offer some insight into how much flexibility I’m using,
especially in my hips.

So here’s the rubber guard to omoplatarmbar again.

1 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Gable grip on neck after breaking posture. Right foot on hip.

Mission control. Here is when to start judging how much flexibility I’m using.

Fist in place to zombie.

2 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Zombie complete. Jon’s arm is on the floor.

New York.

3 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

New York from another angle.

Karate block my arm to the other side.

4 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Second angle.

Chill dog.

5 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

More chill dog.

Begin kung fu move.

6 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Forearm and shin parallel.

Buddha palm strike to my ankle.

7 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

To prevent the omoplata, Jon grabs my knee.

Grabbing his elbow.

8 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Yank the elbow, kick the leg, break the grip.

Triangling the legs around the arms.

9 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

Grabbing the wrist to finish.

So how much flexibility do I seem to be using? It didn’t feel at all extreme when I did it, but maybe I’m
just a weirdo.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

Rogue said:

Yeah, you’re just a wierdo. I know of what I speak.

# 21 November 2006 at 4:08 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Free Simulink CD Offer
CD includes Simulink Demos, product info,
reference examples and more.
www.mathworks.com
Abdominal Exercise Secret
Abdominal exercises do nothing to flatten your
stomach -- this does!
TruthAboutAbs.com
Hit those high notes
Be a vocal chameleon. Move between classical &
pop styles with ease
www.singaporesingingteacher.com

10 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008

11 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Rubber Guard Tutorial B-side | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/64/rubber-guard-tutorial-b-side/

October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

12 of 12 09/06/2009 8:30
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

BJJers Over 30 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Off The Mat! Learn 7 Mat Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Punk Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown


14 February 2007 130 views 2 Comments

Leo and John have some new insight into and a slick sweep that build on the game taught to them by
Robson Moura.

From Leo:

I watched my instructor, Edson Diniz, play this game last night. I didn’t even know that he
could. One of the things I noticed is that the elevator sweep from here is much easier than
from the normal butterfly guard. Here is why: When you have both hooks in you have to fall
to your side. A common mistake most people make is that they fall to their back, then try to
roll the person over. When I teach an elevator sweep from regular butterfly guard I tell them
that they need to put their ear on the mat, this corrects this error much of the time, but not
always. But if you have an underhook and the other leg is on the outside of his leg as you lift
with the inside hook you are already on your side. Note the first picture here. My right leg is
already turned sideways to the mat. In other words you really can’t do the sweep wrong. The
common error that most people make is corrected with the foot position prior to the sweep.
Edson did something else that was really cool that Robson didn’t do. When he had the
underhook (the 4th picture here) and the guy had a whizzer on his arm and tried to force him
to his back he reached under his whizzered arm with his right hand and grabbed the guy’s
belt. He then spun under the arm and came up to get side ride position and take the back. It
was a great move and when I practiced it it was pretty easy to do.

I was showing this to John this weekend and he showed me something he has been having
success with from Robson Moura’s game so we did a quick clip on it. The spin under really
isn’t as hard to get as it might look.

Here’s the clip:

1 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Eduardo, my instructor, teaches a takedown that this sweep reminds me of. I actually played around with
doing the takedown from butterfly guard as a sweep.

I got my hands on the photos he took of it for a Grappling Magazine piece he was in, so here it is:

It’s going to be hard to understand the speed and momentum of this move from pictures alone, so just try
to understand that you need to use a lot of both to get your opponent to flip over like shown. This a fast
move and you don’t stop moving until it’s done.

You need to start by getting this grip from standing. When he grabs your lapel with his right hand, cross
grip his sleeve and reach under it with your left hand to grab his lapel.

2 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Drop down and spin under their arm, like you’re doing a barrel roll.

Keep spinning and rolling on your back, trying to do a full rotation. The momentum and grip on their arm
and lapel will force them to flip forward.

3 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Keep spinning and rolling as they flip over.

You should be rolling belly down as they land on their back.

4 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Come to your knees. You’ve still got control of his arm and lapel from the start of the move. From here
you’ll need to drive into him and establish side control.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

Younghusband said:

That takedown series is classic judo. Also found in Takenouchi Ryu. Just FYI.

# 14 February 2007 at 4:48 am

monoplata said:

yo my friends!

here is an even more ridiculous choke by Robson Moura, along with like 20 other techniques that
he showed at a seminar

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gafre3AS-HE&mode=related&search=

enjoy,

de nada!

# 3 April 2007 at 11:33 am

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

5 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

BJJers Over 40 Only


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
Height Clearance Bars
Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Wison Corp. - Fingerprint
Provide fingerprint's module, product, embedded
Solution.
www.wison.com.tw
Security Guard Suppliers
Find & Contact Low-Cost Suppliers See why so
many businesses trust us
Alibaba.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

6 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

7 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Robson’s Guard, a Sweep and a Takedown | BJJ Instructional Videos | ... http://www.aesopian.com/137/robsons-guard-a-sweep-and-a-takedown/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

8 of 8 09/06/2009 8:59
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Powerful Golf Stretching


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy
Mat Survival Secrets Golf Stretching Makes You Good
TheWiseGrappler.com www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Johnny’s Butterfly Guard


21 November 2006 76 views No Comment

Big thanks to John Simon of Dominance Mixed Martial Arts in Melbourne, Australia for sharing his guard
game with us.

I thought I’d put up some of my favourite guard techniques from my own game.

The first picture is the standard way I use my guard, which I based off Margarida, although I
do some things differently to him.

My right hand is in the collar. This allows me to do a few things:

1. Stop him putting his head on my hips to pass

1 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

2. Keeps him wary of my chokes


3. Gives me a good handle to control his posture.

My left hand is controlling his sleeve to:

1. Stop him controlling both of my legs


2. Takes away one of his arms for passing.

The first sequence has me pulling my opponent forward. From here I can underhook the arm,
move my body underneath his and sweep him to my left. Make sure with this position that
you keep pulling the guy forward really hard with the hand controlling his belt so he has to
post with his hand. You can also go to the back quite easily from this position as well as do a
whole bunch of other sweeps.

2 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

3 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

The next sequence is one of my favourite submissions from here. When the guy posts after I
pull him forward, I underhook his arm and apply a cutting armlock.

4 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

This next sequence is one I use a lot to get the butterfly sweep. After I pull the guy forward,
he pulls back and postures up. I grab his wrist with my right hand, join my left shoulder to his
body and pull him in tight with my left hand then sweep him to my right.

5 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

6 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

This next sequence is for when my opponent is trying to posture up and back off.

I change my grip from his sleeve to his knee.

7 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

I then drive with my right hand and pull with my left.

From here, go straight into a knee-through guard pass.

I find the problem with the underhooks and overhooks that people show for butterfly guard is
that they don’t show how to get them. Anyone can sweep somebody if they’ve got the grips,
but how do you stop someone passing while you’re attempting to get those grips?

Another advantage of the grips I’ve shown is the cross-lapel choke. I probably get this
submission more than any other from the guard.

8 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

With the grips I’ve shown, if the guy starts to turn to pass to my right and exposes his neck, I
can go for the cross-lapel choke.
The first thing I do is straighten my right leg to hook his right knee and buy myself some time.

Then I nearly strike the guy’s neck with the blade of my left hand.

9 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

After that, I grab a bunch of his gi (with my thumb NOT in – it takes too long) on his back.

Then fall back and make myself like a ball so he can’t get past my guard or mount me.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

10 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

Grapplers Over 30 Only


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
Powerful Golf Stretching
For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy Golf
Stretching Makes You Good
www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com
Golf Swing Instruction
This guy has helped over 30,000 golfers cut 12
strokes. Free DVD
www.GolfSwingBook.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

11 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

12 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Ae... http://www.aesopian.com/63/johnnys-butterfly-guard/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

13 of 13 09/06/2009 8:31
An Omoplata Control Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/136/an-omoplata-control-position/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Industrial Fans Aus & NZ


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 All indust. & Mining Fans / Blowers Aust.
Mat Survival Secrets builders of Chicago Blowers
TheWiseGrappler.com www.FansDirect.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

An Omoplata Control Position


12 February 2007 97 views 3 Comments

I’ve seen and been taught many ways of controlling the opponent while going for an omoplata. The most
common I see is to grab the belt. Depending on the setup, some have you hug the knee/thigh to your
shoulder. Eddie teaches the jiu-claw, hugging behind both thighs.

They’ve all worked okay for me, but lately I’ve been doing this, after seeing my instructor do it a lot and
having him show it to me:

I am grabbing the end of the pant leg and straightening my arm to stretch it up and away. I keep scooting
my hips away and making my leg heavy, like I want to touch my hamstring to the ground, to pressure their
shoulder down.

If they try to lift their leg and step over me, I just keep stretching their leg up and away. Every time I do
this, they are forced to go flatter and flatter, taking away their base.

1 of 5 09/06/2009 8:59
An Omoplata Control Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/136/an-omoplata-control-position/

If they try to roll forward, I just keep stretching their leg back and away, and they can’t.

Once I feel I’ve got them broken down enough (e.g. no posture, almost on their belly, shoulder on the
floor), I’ll sit up and start grabbing the belt or hips, climbing up the back and getting upper body control,
like the haress grip or grabbing the far lapel. Then I arrange my legs and sit up and drive forward to finish.

You can try this no-gi by grabbing the ankle, but like all no-gi grips like this, it’s not as strong.

Give it a try and let me know how it goes.

3 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

Raspado said:

This crap is fake. Doesn’t work.

:)

# 12 February 2007 at 10:18 am

JohnJ said:

hes right it is fake that guy your holding could have gotten out if he wanted to

# 28 February 2007 at 2:26 pm

jtothex said:

I tried this last night and it worked like a charm, although the guy I tapped out was different from
the guys I normally have trouble tapping out with an omoplata, so you could argue that my method
isn’t all that scientific. He was a blue belt, though, so…

# 12 February 2009 at 12:25 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

2 of 5 09/06/2009 8:59
An Omoplata Control Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/136/an-omoplata-control-position/

7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs


Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Control Techniques Drives
Drives in Stock -Ship Today! New,
Remanufactured or Repaired
www.cimtecautomation.com
Top SIM Course for CEOs
Develop CEO Skills with Faculty From
International Business Schools
SIM.edu.sg/Professional_Development
GSE Spare Parts
Spare parts for all brands of GSE Proven cost
savings on GSE parts
www.sageparts.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

3 of 5 09/06/2009 8:59
An Omoplata Control Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/136/an-omoplata-control-position/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

4 of 5 09/06/2009 8:59
An Omoplata Control Position | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/136/an-omoplata-control-position/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

5 of 5 09/06/2009 8:59
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear? Kicking Techniques


State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays
Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now! - Sign Up Today
www.ortho.com.sg www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Johnny’s Triangle Escapes


18 November 2006 392 views No Comment

Black belt John Simon of Dominance Mixed Martial Arts in Melbourne, Australia has more escapes to
share. This time it’s getting out of the triangle.

I’ve also done some escapes from the triangle choke. There’s nothing really “out-there” with
these escapes, but they’re good solid escapes.

The first one is probably the easiest to pull off if you’re a white belt and you get caught with
your butt in the air.

You’re stuck in a triangle.

1 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Push your fist into the mat next to your opponent’s head, across your body, and stand. Keep
your weight bearing down on your opponent so he can’t even think about throwing a leg over
your head to do an armbar.

Now bring your right leg over his head.

2 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Grab his left leg, either hold his leg in place or straighten your arms as you fall back to release
the triangle.

This next escape is probably the most correct escape to learn because it teaches posture.

3 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Start by grabbing your opponent’s belt with both hands and getting your knees as deep under
your opponent as possible.

4 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Now posture up, and drag your opponent up half up your body. Look to the ceiling when you
first practice this technique so that you have to have good posture.

Now that the choke is no longer on, start moving your knees back, bring your left arm
through and grab your own right forearm.

5 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Keep moving your body back until you can duck your head out of his legs.

Bring your left arm around, grab your opponent’s lapel and start to work your basic guard
pass.

This last escape is one of my favorites. If I get caught bad, this is my “goto” escape.

6 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Grab your opponent’s left knee with both of your hands.

7 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Then you need to “run” sideways and nail your opponent’s knee to the floor. As you do this
you “strike” him with your right hip against his butt cheeks.

Keep hip-bumping into your opponent and shrugging your head out of his legs until your head
is free.

Now pass to his back. Notice I grab the back of my opponent’s collar and pull it hard towards
myself so he can’t lift his butt in the air and put me back in guard.

You can also check out my counter to this escape.


(No Ratings Yet)
Leave your response!
You must be logged in to post a comment.

8 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Genghis Khan Bodyguards


Powerful secret combat system Sirsanat- Martail
Arts DVD
www.sirsanat.com
Toronto BJJ
Gracie Trained World Champions Brazilian
Jiu-Jitsu, Boxing, MMA
www.torontobjj.com

Manifest Your Goals


Video Visualization Tool Powerful, Proven Results
www.mindmovies.com

Snapper Fishing Experts


melbourne snapper fishing Snapper Fishing port
phillip bay
www.melbournefishing.com.au

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

9 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

10 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
Johnny’s Triangle Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/60/johnnys-triangle-escapes/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

11 of 11 09/06/2009 8:31
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Grapplers Over 40 Only ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Mat Survival Secrets Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

The Shinplata
2 February 2007 162 views No Comment

A while back, Jeff Rockwell sent me a tutorial for a move he calls the shinplata. He didn’t want me to
share the pictures until he could get better footage of it.

Thankfully, that day has come. Check it:

A nice little move to retain your guard, sweep, or reverse your opponent. Sorry if it seems a
bit rushed, I only had a few minutes to shoot this clip! (I should be stiff-arming his armpit
while my shin is inserted, and gripping farther across his back on the belt.) Careful observers
will see my son, the future BJJ champ of the world, watching videos in the background. You
might think he’s watching Elmo, but no, it’s Mundial highlights! ;)

For the sake of completeness, I am also including the original pictures and explanations Jeff sent me since
I think they help flesh out the instruction.

1 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Intro

This series of techniques is a combination of a few different strategies of guard retention and sweeping. It
is part omoplata, part north-south escape, and part all its own thing. I use it all the time and with the
proper timing and energy, it works even against opponents who underpass the guard tightly with a lot of
pressure. Though it is shown here with the gi, it also works very well no-gi – though I find I usually end up
with the reversal than the sweep.

I apologize in advance for the grainy quality of the pictures, they were “cut” from live video.

Part 1

In this first picture, my partner Mike is beginning a stacking underpass. He could have one leg on his
shoulder, or both; he could even be passing a failed triangle choke attempt. The technique works the same
for them all.

As he pressures forward and begins to turn the corner, I will place my right palm on his left hip, just to
slow him down for a moment. Then I will thrust my hips as high as possible into the air. Depending on
how tightly he is passing, sometimes you are only able to create a few inches of space. Once you get good
at this, a few inches is all you will need. As my hips reach their highest point, I will straighten my right
arm and place the web of my hand in his right armpit, bracing him here for just a moment.

2 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

I will now quickly drop my hips and slide my right knee and shin underneath the bend of his left arm. My
right hand will guide and control his elbow, while my left hand will control his wrist.

My left foot is on the ground, helping me to pivot my body around so that we are facing in the same
direction, and I maintain tight control of his arm.

3 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Now I quickly take my right hand and secure a tight grip on his belt or pants. Sitting all the way up and
reaching across his waist to control his far hip is also an option, just more difficult to get. We will address
what happens if you are not able to control his belt or waist a little later.

Now keeping tight control of his left wrist or sleeve, I will extend my hips and drive with my right shin,
sweeping him forward. I will also use my belt or waist grip to push and guide him over. NOTE: my right
elbow should be over top of his left thigh here, to block Mike’s legs from spinning over top of me. If that
happens, I will have to abandon the sweep and switch to the reversal. In any case, it is shown correctly a
little later on.

4 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Here you can see that I am not trying to drive him straight over his head, but forward and then to the side.

I start to take the top position, still controlling his arm with my shin on his bicep and my grip on his wrist
or sleeve.

5 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

I sit up and momentarily establish a knee ride position on his arm, still pulling up on his sleeve or wrist.
There are a number of options from here…

…but the easiest and most reliable is to drive your right elbow down to the mat underneath his right
armpit…

6 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

And slide down towards his legs to a reverse scarf hold position.

Part 2

Okay, let’s rewind for a minute and look at some potential problems you’ll run into and variations you’ll
have to employ. In this first picture, I have been able to drop my shin under his armpit, get to the side, and
control his arm. Unfortunately, he stabilizes his base very quickly and I am caught “hanging out” in this
position, with my foot dangling right in front of Mike’s face.

7 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Now, if Mike was strong, aggressive, and liked lower body submissions (WHICH HE IS and DOES! J), he
might be able to rip his left arm out of my grip, attack my foot with a fig.4 toe-hold…

…and make me tap out and beg for my momma. Now against your average guy, this really is not much of
a threat. He has no control over my leg, hips, or upper body here, he only has his figure 4 grip around my
ankle. Usually, I am able to simply extend my right leg, bring my left leg into play to break his grip, and
turn to face him with an open guard. Against aggressive leg lock specialists, however, you may not want
to risk it, as they can sometimes create enough pressure to do real damage even without controlling the
leg. So…

8 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

If you get caught “hanging out” in this position, you may want to triangle your right foot behind your left
knee for added security.

You can still execute the sweep just fine, you just have to change the angle of your hips slightly.

9 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Another option to protect your feet and actually add more power to the sweep is to keep control of his
arm, lift it slightly to make a little space…

…and insert your left shin underneath his arm as well. Now you have double the sweeping power, and
you can cross your ankles to prevent any footlock attacks.

10 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Here is Mike going over with both shins controlling his arm. Notice how (this time) my right arm is in the
correct position, clamping down on his left hip/butt/thigh. This is so that he can’t jump his legs to the left
over my body during my sweep.

Another angle of the sweep…

11 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

…and the finish. As with the first sweep, I am going to post my left leg out wide for base, and continue to
pull up hard on his left sleeve or wrist. From here I can slide down to reverse scarf hold, spin to knee on
belly, or attack with my “flying-reverse-cowhand-ten-finger-double-top-wrist-lock-choke”. Sorry, that
one is secret, I just can’t tell you… it’s too dangerous for the ring. Only Ninjas, Navy SEALS, and
pressure-point fighters can be trusted with that type of knowledge.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

12 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Height Clearance Bars


Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Better than Liposuction
Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com
Control Devices
Single and Multi Axis Joysticks Custom handle
designs
www.controldevices.net
Try OsteoEase for Relief
Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
better & heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

13 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

14 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
The Shinplata | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/131/the-shinplata/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

15 of 15 09/06/2009 9:00
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

Pinch Gauge Left handed things


Hand Strength Measurement Repair and Huge range makes a real difference Treat
Calibration Service yourself or ideal for gifts
www.bleng.com/pinch.htm AnythingLeft-Handed.co.uk

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Johnny’s Armbar Escapes


17 November 2006 103 views 2 Comments

Here is another tutorial from black belt John Simon of Dominance Mixed Martial Arts in Melbourne,
Australia. This time he’s covering armbar escapes using a figure-four grip.

I’ve got some pictures and descriptions for counters to armbar. My partner is Murray
Ballenden, an accomplished and extremely good brown belt.

Basic Grip

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

This first picture is the set-up for the first two defences. I like this defence a lot because it’s
simple and it also allows for counters to kimura. It’s basically a figure-four with the arms,
with one hand on the bicep, the other with the back of the hand on the forehead.

Armbar from Side Control Escape

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

The first defence is when the guy has mount with one knee up. He has my right arm
underhooked and is going to armbar it. My right hand is on my left bicep and my left hand is
on my forehead.

As Murray puts his left leg over my head, my left hand grabs the back of his knee.

As Murray sits back, my left arm starts to straighten.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

Finally, I straighten my left arm, pushing his top leg away, and pull my right arm free.

Armbar from Guard Escape


The next counter is for the armbar from guard.

Murray controls my right arm ready to armbar me.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

I put my right hand on my left bicep and my left hand on my forehead.

As Murray attempts to throws his leg over my head, my left hand catches it on the back of
the knee.

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

Once again, I straighten my left arm and pull my right arm free.

Armbar from Mount Escape


This last armbar is a counter from under mount.

I grab my wrists and wait for my opponent to sit back.

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

As my opponent throws his top leg over my head I throw my arms to the floor above my
head, throwing his leg off.

I then move my body up, over his top leg, pinning it and stopping him from coming back on
top of me.

To finish I would then spin and end up in my opponent’s guard.

Triangle escape coming up next.


(No Ratings Yet)
2 Comments »

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

Bunnymonster said:

I thought I was the only one who had come up with the “rear naked choke/grab behind the leg”
escape. What do you do if your opponent switches straight away to the bicep slicer?

Keep up the excellent posts

Paul

# 17 November 2006 at 11:56 am

Dochter said:

Count that as at least three independent developments. I’ve never been put into a bicep slicer from
this so can’t help you there.

# 20 November 2006 at 3:17 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Left handed things


Huge range makes a real difference Treat yourself
or ideal for gifts
AnythingLeft-Handed.co.uk
Pinch Gauge
Hand Strength Measurement Repair and
Calibration Service
www.bleng.com/pinch.htm
Powerful Golf Stretching
For Bombing Accurate Drives & Irons Easy Golf
Stretching Makes You Good
www.OptimumFlexibilityForGolf.com
Control Devices
Single and Multi Axis Joysticks Custom handle
designs
www.controldevices.net

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Johnny’s Armbar Escapes | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/57/johnnys-armbar-escapes/

January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:32
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Five Swords Top Game


5 January 2007 184 views One Comment

Christian Graugart of Combat Sports Academy in Copenhagen, Denmark was happy to share a tutorial
with me so I could put it up on the journal.

It was his site MMALibrary.com and the incredible tutorials he produced that first inspired me to start
putting my own techniques online.

I had always thought he set the standard for online tutorials, so it is an honor to get to share one of his.

A simple way of thinking about top game


I have played this top game for quite a while now, but it is not until recently that I actually started to think
about what I have been doing. I am trying to think a little outside the box position-wise, so the game has
no fixed positions, nor does it follow the fundamental five for top game. For many years I have been fixed
in the 3 basic top game positions, but this new way of putting my game in a system has completely thrown
that away for me. Positions are now kind of made up along the way. May sound silly, but works really
well for me.

It is really simple. All I think about when playing top game is controlling at least one of five parts of my
opponent’s body, in this text called “control points”. Each control point has an objective which is fulfilled
if I grab one or more “handles” for that body part. If I control one or more I am OK; if I control none, I
have to turn it up and get one quickly. And apart from being aware of the guard, that is all I do to prevent
my opponent from escaping. I don’t block the guard with hand/foot/hip always, as some of the “handles”
for the control points makes it impossible for my opponent to pull guard anyway. Nor do I worry too much
about my opponent getting the underhook, as many of the handles combined with correct weight
distribution will nullify that completely.

What these handles do is of course “just” to keep my opponent either flat or turned away from me, which
prevents him from escaping in other ways than turning away from me. If he choose to do that, I attack the
back.

Below, I have listed the control points, the objectives and some examples of “handles” that I grab to
control as many of the five as possible. There are probably more, but these are what I use. In the bottom, I
have posted a little video clip, where I play this top game in isolation.

1 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Hope this is useful for someone out there :)


—-

Here are the five control points:

1. The head

2. The near side elbow

3. The near side knee

4. The far side knee

5. The far side shoulder

Ze Master Gameplan:

Prevent opponent from turning into you by controlling at least one of the five control points.
Preferably two or more.

Be aware of the guard

If opponent gets on his side, move 180 degrees around his head and control handles on opposite
side right away.

If opponent turns away from you, go to harness.

—-

Control point one – The head

Objective: Keep head turned up or away from you.

2 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Crossface / Shoulder of Justice.

Use forearm to turn head.

Skullride.

Prybar.

Grab shoulder for one-armed prybar.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Grab gi behind neck for one-armed prybar.

Control point 2 – The near side arm


Objective: Keep elbow from touching the mat.

Lift arm above elbow.

Hold elbow up using thigh.

Kill arm using hip.

Sprawl on arm.

Control point 3 – The near side knee


Objective: Keep knee from touching the mat.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Scissor grip with hand.

Scissor grip with foot.

Grab leg and lift.

Lift knee with thigh.

Control point 4 – The far side knee


Objective: Keep knee from crossing opponents centerline.

Underhook leg – diaper check.

Scissor grip with hand.

5 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Scissor grip with foot.

Control Point 5 – The far side shoulder


Objective: Keep shoulder touching the mat

Underhook and put weight on shoulder.

Overhook and put weight on shoulder.


—-

Now all you have to do to play top game is control at least one of these at all times :)

Here is a little video clip of me playing around with this in some isolation:

6 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

I don’t move very well in this clip because I have a f*cked up back injury, I am going to make a new clip
when my back gets better. But you probably get the idea. I control at least one point always using the
handles. If my opponent turns into me, I go 180. If he turns away, I take the back.

Now go play ze zhoozhits!

-Christian, SBGi Denmark

(Thanks to Ken Allen for the help on the pics and video)

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

PKN said:

Mike Chapman calls this “tether”. Graugart explains it really well though. Now all we need is
equally good explanations for “glide” and “pike”. “Pike” in particular needs a good instructional.

# 23 January 2007 at 6:19 am

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

7 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Goooooogle

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

8 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

9 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Five Swords Top Game | BJJ Instructional Videos | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu |... http://www.aesopian.com/118/five-swords-top-game/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 9:02
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

New Edition Height Clearance Bars


Principles and Practice Head and Neck Surgery Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
and Oncology or ceiling mounted
www.informahealthcare.com/oncology www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard


17 November 2006 91 views No Comment

Jeff Rockwell of The Oregon Pound has a slick butterfly guard sweep to side choke that he was happy to
share.

Hey, I thought I’d try to add this to your technique archive. Let me know if it makes sense. I
was doing this move a lot last year, forgot about it, then brought it back against a 280 pound
wrestler a few nights ago.

This move works especially well when your opponent crosses his feet and commits his weight
on his hands when you rock him forward.

Here you start in butterfly guard with double underhooks, your forehead under his neck on
one side.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

Rock your opponent straight back, as if you were going to roll him directly forward over his
head. He will post with both hands to prevent this. This opponent is wary, however, and
crosses his feet as he posts with his arms to prevent his legs being attacked for submissions or
sweeps.

As his weight is suspended above you, you must simultaneously perform several movements.
The first is to place your left hand under his right armpit to hold his upper body in place…

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

Then weave your right hand (in this example) from under his left arm, and shoot it past the
left side of his neck; Then duck your forehead underneath his right armpit, as you shoot your
right arm deeply past his neck, until your right bicep rests against the left side of his neck.

Immediately clasp your hands palm to palm behind his right shoulder, as you pinch your right
ear toward the opponent’s right ear.

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

Shift your hips to the right, post your left foot on the ground, and perform a butterfly hook
sweep to the left.

Straighten both legs as you finish the sweep for maximum power and extension, then
immediately raise your hips and perform a cross knee guard pass to the left, passing to side
control while maintaining your head and arm lock.

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

Sprawl your hips flat to the mat and walk clockwise towards his head to finish the side choke.

Finish with the Aurelio Method (as uploaded by Jeff Rockwell) and you’ll be all set.
(No Ratings Yet)
Leave your response!
You must be logged in to post a comment.

Height Clearance Bars


Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Shoulder Exercises
Pain free shoulder program Shoulder exercises to
recover
ShoulderWithoutPain.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Cedar Rustic Fence Co
Chicagoland's Oldest Fence Co 1000's of styles to
choose from!
www.cedarrustic.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Side Choke Sweep from Butterfly Guard | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilia... http://www.aesopian.com/56/side-choke-sweep-from-butterfly-guard/

March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:33
Simple Anaconda Choke Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/126/simple-anaconda-choke-escape/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Kicking Techniques


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays
Mat Survival Secrets - Sign Up Today
TheWiseGrappler.com www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Simple Anaconda Choke Escape


15 January 2007 115 views 3 Comments

Sorry about the lack of updates over the last week. With my neck injury and flu, I’ve been out of training,
and so I haven’t had a chance to shoot new tutorials. I just got back to class today, and I made sure to
shoot a ton of photos for instructional I had planned.

It was to be about a defense to the anaconda choke, and re-countering it with a brabo choke.
Unfortunately, all of the photos came out horribly, except this one, and I’m not too crazy about it either.
At least the technique is good.

I’m doing a simple and easy defense to the anaconda choke. With my trapped arm, I’m grabbing behind
my opposite leg and mule kicking. This creates space around my neck and forces his arm triangle to
loosen. From here, I just hang out until they release the failed anaconda.

1 of 4 09/06/2009 9:01
Simple Anaconda Choke Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/126/simple-anaconda-choke-escape/

I plan to explore arm triangles, anaconda and brabo chokes in greater depth soon. You’ll just have to wait
while I reshoot everything to keep standards up.

3 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

crabjuice said:

This is similar to an escape from an arm triangle that my instructor showed last week. You use your
free hand to pull the opponent’s elbow down to create some breathing space. Then you bring your
knees up to your face and use the trapped arm to grab the knee of the opposite leg (if the left arm is
trapped you grab the right leg) or to create a better hold you grip the knee with both hands. Then
use your legs to create momentum and you can sit up and reverse into side control.

# 16 January 2007 at 1:10 am

WhiteShark said:

Nice T-shirt! Brock is my martial inspiration!

# 16 January 2007 at 10:14 am

Garbanzo Bean said:

DHS approves of both the technique and the Venture Bros tee.

# 16 January 2007 at 11:27 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Aluminum Control Arms


New Aluminum Control Arms for 1963-1982
Corvettes!
www.speeddirect.com
Fuji Impulse.com
A Complete Line of Impulse, Vacuum, and
Medical Sealers 1-800-550-FUJI
www.fujiimpulse.com
Toronto BJJ
Gracie Trained World Champions Brazilian
Jiu-Jitsu, Boxing, MMA
www.torontobjj.com
Control Techniques Drives
Drives in Stock -Ship Today! New,
Remanufactured or Repaired
www.cimtecautomation.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

2 of 4 09/06/2009 9:01
Simple Anaconda Choke Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/126/simple-anaconda-choke-escape/

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008

3 of 4 09/06/2009 9:01
Simple Anaconda Choke Escape | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/126/simple-anaconda-choke-escape/

February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

4 of 4 09/06/2009 9:01
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Kicking Techniques Manifest Your Goals


Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays Video Visualization Tool Powerful, Proven
- Sign Up Today Results
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up www.mindmovies.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel


15 November 2006 109 views No Comment

Chris Colquitt from the Atama BJJ Forum on mma.tv created a tutorial for a great technique. I helped him
with the image hosting and he was generous enough to let me repost his tutorial. Here it is:

This is one of my favorite chokes. I picked it up from Jorge Jimenez, a Pedro Sauer blackbelt.
Let me know what you think.

I’m being nice to my partner by not applying a lot of pressure since we had to hold poses for
a second or three for the camera to get a good picture. I thought it a good idea not to make
him pass out.

To start, you need to grab the end of your lapel near the tip.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Next, underhook his head with your left hand and drop your right elbow inside the lapel so it
wraps over your arm. It takes a little getting used to to do this.

Now feed that lapel to your left hand and your right will slip UNDER the lapel.

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Now the fun part. Your right hand comes up and around the lapel, across his throat and under
your left arm. I prefer going under, I know some people will just grab the sleeve and apply
pressure. Pull with the left hand, push with the right. His neck should be stuck in a triangle
that is getting smaller and smaller.

For a really mean finish, put a leg up and use it to brace yourself as you apply the pressure.

Let me know what you guys think.

I’ve seen people complain that moves that use the lapels like this are “too complicated”, but I disagree.
I’ve gotten a lot of the “tricky” lapel stuff to work on guys my level and slightly better. I’ve seen Marcio
Feitosa and Carlos Gracie both teach moves with wrapping lapel grips, ranging from setting up armbars

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

from guard to maintaining spider guard. Last year, a visiting brown belt did a ton of moves where he’d
wrap the lapels around, ranging from ways to keep them from escaping the turtle to playing open guard.
These lapel grips were getting really popular for a while.

Here are a couple more “skirt moves” from the famous Bill Jones:

Skirt choke from the back

North-south skirt choke

Skirt cross choke

Foo foo skirt choke

Half guard pass with skirt

Skirt guard pass

Skirt armbar

Two more by Andreh:

Shaolin choke

Ninja choke

Jacare has used this lapel choke successfully in competition.

And the gi brabo choke by Marcio Feitosa, which is a grip you can also do from guard.

So again, lapel “tricks” like this aren’t too strange or hard to make work. You just need to practice them
like any other move.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Diamonex DLC Coatings


Offers wear resistance of glass 10 times that of
plastic.
www.diamonex.com
Cheapest Wing Chun Supply
Wooden Dummy, Butterfly Sword, Tutorial DVD &
Matial Art Equipment
wingchunsupply.webs.com
Security Guard Suppliers
Find & Contact Low-Cost Suppliers See why so
many businesses trust us
Alibaba.com
Toronto BJJ
Gracie Trained World Champions Brazilian
Jiu-Jitsu, Boxing, MMA
www.torontobjj.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
Ezekiel with Your Own Lapel | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/50/ezekiel-with-your-own-lapel/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:34
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

Grapplers Over 30 Only ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Mat Survival Secrets Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » How To Study Jiu-Jitsu, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

The Theory of Game Plans


3 January 2007 139 views 9 Comments

This article began as a response to readers asking me about how I prepared for tournament.

Then it was to offer insight into how I got my purple belt.

Most recently, it’s how I’m filling a request that I discuss the theory of Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu more, not just
the application.

Let’s see if I can’t hit all those targets.

During the weeks leading up to the tournament, I was training without any direction in mind. I was still
trying out new moves, playing with open guards, switching focus every couple days, some x-guard here,
taking the back there, all sorts of chokes and sweeps. This is what I call “The Fun Game”.

The Saturday before the tournament, my instructor Eduardo grabbed me for a round of sparring.

I kept trying to pull all of the funky fresh moves, and he just kept crushing them with controlled pressure
and weight.

After Eduardo drove through my guard and tapped me for the fifth or sixth time, I decided I had to change
what I was doing. I don’t know how yet, I just knew I had to do something different.

The next time we started, I just did what came naturally and immediately jumped to the tightest triangle
possible and started aggressively attacking the trapped arm.

From inside the choke, Eduardo wheezed “Yes! That’s it!”

At the end of the round, Eduardo told me “I’m giving you pressure where you need it.” I didn’t appreciate
what this meant until a week later, after the tournament.

The rest of the week leading up to the competition, all I did was drill and train my high guard. This is what
I call “The Game Plan”.

Suddenly, none of the other blue belts could touch me. I even started regularly catching purple belts who
I’d never thought I had a chance with before.

1 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

Going into the tournament, I was calm and confident. Having a game plan eliminated all of the “But what
if he…?” thoughts that run through most people’s minds.

I won 3 of my matches by submission, exactly as I had practiced. Even in the matches that were won
differently, I was always able to keep myself on track by working towards my goals, as ingrained by
drilling my game plan.

I would like to share the theory behind this mindset, using the two extreme ends of my personal games to
illustrate it.

The Fun Game


Open, loose, flowing, experimental.

2 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

In everyday training, I’ll play around with new positions, like the one above, which comes from Roleta’s
upside down guard and helicopter sweeps. I’ll see how far I can go with a new grip or hook.

When I’m playing like this, I’m not overly concerned with maintaining position or getting my guard
passed, which is fine for sparring, but will get me smashed if they’re serious, like in tournament.

The Game Plan

Closed, tight, constrictive, conventional.

If I’m serious, I’m going to snap on the tightest closed guard ever, relentlessly break posture and climb up
as high as possible. From there I’m going to lock my guard over one shoulder and attack the neck and
arms and look for triangles and omoplatas.

I know exactly what I want and I’m going to go straight for it—they know what I want, but they are going
to go through hell to escape.

You will develop your own style, so I’m not saying you must have a tight closed guard like this. You could
apply this line of thinking to any position, and in fact, all positions as a whole. I’m simply using my
personal style of guard to illustrate the more important point of finding your ideal game plan.

The take-away lesson here is the different mindsets of these two games, and knowing when to use them.

In my fun game, I’m playing with possibilities:

“Can I? Can he? What if? Let’s see.”

In my game plan, I’m working towards inevitabilities:

“If I… If he… I will. He will.”

Don’t mistake imposing your game with muscling moves. You should be as technical as you can be and
not force a square peg into a round hole. But you should be working towards definite goals.

Don’t confuse being technical with being lazy.

3 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

Building a comprehensive game plan is intermediate theory, and requires intermediate skill, so I don’t
recommend all of you run out and make one. Beginners shouldn’t worry about this too much.

Especially as a white belt and for much of blue belt, you just won’t yet know enough to put together a
comprehensive game plan. Nor do I think you really need one at that point.

At that time, you’re still learning and collecting basic techniques, working on defenses and escapes,
developing gross motor skills like bridging and shrimping hip movement.

These are more important than a game plan, since they are the foundation that the rest of your training
(game plan included) will be built on.

The one exception to this is when you’re preparing for a tournament, but then the depth and level of detail
in the game plan should match your skill level.

For example, my white belt game plan was simply “Close the bamboos. Climb the bamboos. Turn turn
turn”, which is to say “Close guard. Climb. Turn your hips.”

Anything more complicated than that would have been lost on me then.

With all this talk about the importance of a solid game plan, I don’t want you to think that the fun game
isn’t also important. You could also call it the “learning game”, since it is where you have a chance to try
new moves.

The danger of a game plan is stagnating by never gaining skill outside of it. When someone comes along
who has an answer to your A-game, you need a plan B to fall back on.

The fun game is a needed balance to the game plan because it takes you outside of your comfort zone,
which is important to expanding and improving your overall game.

In this article I have only just described the concept of game plans in a general sense. In later ones, I will
go deeper into the specifics of how to choose the specific positions and techniques.

I’ve never seen anyone write a piece on strategy like this before. I know when I was telling people about
this article, they were overjoyed since they’d always wished someone would lay this topic out clearly, so
they could have learned these lessons before they went into a tournament with no game plan and got
smashed.

I’m happy to help fill the void, and if you’d like to see more, please consider supporting the journal so I
can continue to share.

9 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

OldDog53 said:

You cheated. You didn’t talk about the purple thingy. You seem to be a bit of a phenom – the blue
was fast, but the hallowed purple, which most instructors seem a LOT more reticent to hand out,
also came fast, right? It would be nice to hear how things clicked for you – whether it came from
massive amounts of mat hours, natural talent, extra conditioning or a history of athletics, study on
the side, etc. We have to assume luck didn’t play much of a part. :-)

It would also be fun to hear about training, conditioning, diet, the foundations on which a long,
sustained, and demanding practice rest, and which don’t get discussed much at the academy (but

4 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

get discussed too much, in a disorganized fashion, on the internet).

For example:

1. How many days of group classes per week do you take? How many do you recommend for
others, and does skill level/experience make a difference?

2. How frequent are your injuries, how serious, what is your strategy – grin and bear it, work around
them, triage and only take time off for injuries that won’t heal if you throw more rolling at them….

3. How do you balance the demands of work (school), social life, etc. (One guy at our academy
admitted that he is happy his gf lives out of state since it gives him more time to practice!)

4. Do you exercise with weights, kettlebells, bodyweight exercises? After class? On days alternating
with classes?

5. Do you do any extra drilling, beyond shrimps etc. in class? Do you see benefits from doing extra
conditioning drills that are jits specific?

In short, there seems to be a need for a concise beginner’s guide to jiu jitsu. Not a book, but a
syllabus for the semester ahead. Not a road map, but a checklist. Not the peripheral items, but the
essentials. Cliff Notes for the first year of life on the mat. (And not a guide to being another Aeso;
just a guide for the “average student” who wants to end the year “better than average.)

# 3 January 2007 at 5:58 pm

Dochter said:

Nice write-up. Something most of us probably do implicitly but rarely explicitly.

One of the problems I have is imposing my game on others (three blues in particular, my main
competition at this rank). The difficulty lies in their imposing their game (which seems to mainly be
crushing me from top) on me. I end up playing catch-up the entire time. Obviously that is partly due
to holes in my execution.

# 3 January 2007 at 8:08 pm

Bunnymonster said:

And this my friends is what Llyod Irvin charges bajillions of dollars for…

I think everyone needs to work on a gameplan, it was the one huge thing I took away from watching
“the Twister” a few years ago and it made me realise that all of the top guys only really use five or
six moves in competition. They are great not because they know more moves but because they
know them better than you do. My biggest problem now is being motivated to train the “A-Game”
as I find it boring and repetetive.

I guess I need to get back into competing, once my knee is repaired…

Nice post btw.

# 4 January 2007 at 1:14 am

5 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

Tenebrous said:

Olddog, I think he progressed so quickly by being so clearly obsessed and technical. But I want the
answers to your questions too. :)

# 4 January 2007 at 1:29 am

Aesopian said:

I don’t have any broad reaching advice on all of those points to offer at the moment but I can
answer your specific questions.

1. I usually go to group classes at least once per day Monday through Saturday. Sometimes twice.
I’ll sometimes take a day off if I’m feeling beat up or have other important things to do, but usually
only if I’ve already got in 3-4 classes already.

I recommend training as much as you can (balanced against injuries and burn out). Three times per
week is probably the ideal for most people, since it gives you time to rest but is still enough to
improve. Two classes may be okay for maintenance but difficult to make gains in. One class is not
enough for anyone.

2. I usually have some kind of injury, ranging from annoying to serious. I’ll often train through less
serious stuff like cauliflower ear, jammed fingers, sore joints, a generally beat up feeling, etc. I will
take time off to heal if I have a serious and acute injury like a popped elbow, twisted knee, bizarre
hip injury (that only I seem to get).

Right now, for example, I have a pulled back muscle from yesterday which I expect to heal by
tomorrow with some stretching. Nothing serious.

But I also tore something in my abdominal muscles three weeks which has yet to heal, and it may be
a hernia. It has gotten progressively worse so I am planning on seeing a doctor, though I’ll probably
keep training too and just trying to baby the spot.

You need to know your own body and be able to tell which injuries to ignore, which need a little
rest and ice to heal, and which should stop training and require a doctor.

3. I don’t have a day job any more and I don’t go to school. My social life is after class and on the
weekends.

4. I don’t do any conditioning like that. Unless you count stretching.

5. I do a lot of extra drilling and functional exercises after class and on Sunday open mats. I think
this is extremely valuable. This is where most of my extra conditioning comes from.

# 4 January 2007 at 2:00 am

Rogue said:

I love that you mentioned “climb the bamboos”. Though some of the effect is lost when you can’t
hear Eduardo’s voice as he yells that across the mat… or see the other guy’s face when he realizes

6 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

he doesn’t know how to defend it, because he doesn’t know what “bamboos” are.

# 4 January 2007 at 9:41 am

OldDog53 said:

Thanks Aeso. Your point by point reply to my longish post is very helpful. In particular, this advice
is golden for me:

“I recommend training as much as you can (balanced against injuries and burn out). Three times per
week is probably the ideal for most people, since it gives you time to rest but is still enough to
improve. Two classes may be okay for maintenance but difficult to make gains in. One class is not
enough for anyone.”

It’s great to hear that three classes a week is the tipping point where you can make real progress. I
haven’t hit that magic number yet, but I’m getting there.

I originally started with a single class a week – I am in my 50’s so it was pretty daunting to take
ANY class that was a lot like competing in a tournament every week (the rolling is pretty intense at
our academy since it is located near a major university and we get a lot of younger, athletic
students, often with a wrestling or judo background, who are really balls to the wall – think several
merciles AJ’s). Increasing to two classes a week was the first major step for me – plenty of time to
heal (although at the time I thought my bruises were getting bruises and my injuries were getting
injuries).

Then I found that two classes a week still weren’t enough to make tangible gains – at least not when
my classmates were doing three or more.

Trying to improve my general fitness level in between classes with weights, conditioning drills, and
stretches was helpful, but no subsitute for more training.

Without consciously planning it, my first step to getting in more mat time, even before I upped to
twice a week at the academy, was to take some private lessons from one of 10th Planet’s brown
belts. I thought I was just learning a little about no-gi vs. gi, but in fact I was learning general jiu
jitsu principles and applications, and after a while started rolling with the instructor, as well as being
shown movements. At first I was apprehensive about rolling at all with someone who’d been a
wrestler and a bjj tournament competitor, but unlike the over-the-top group rolling at the academy,
he eased me into rolling gradually and progressively moderated his resistance and counters, turning
rolling into an instructional, as opposed to a purely competitive experience. Of course at the end of
a session he’d tell me he wasn’t going to hold back, so I could get a full feel for things, and that was
also eye opening.

I’ve now finally bitten the bullet and signed up for private lessons at my own academy, lessons that
will carry me through the summer, from my own instructor. I was very happy to find out that, unlike
the two instructionals I had observed earlier at the academy, where the instructor called out solo
drills to the student or the student worked out with another student while the instructor guided
them, in my series of lessons the instructor will actually be rolling with me, no training dummy. I
think that rolling with a Brazilian black belt is going to really teach (my body) something about the
game. I only hope he does the progressive thing, instead of just crashing me into an immediate wall
of frustration and helplessness.

So while I haven’t hit the magic number of three classes (rolls) per week, I have hit a consistent
twice a week schedule, with private lessons here and there so that most weeks I am on some sort of
mat three times a week. This doesn’t leave much time to watch my hallowed DVD instructionals

7 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

(and I’ve never been able to get Gustavo Machado’s Great Escapes to work for me consistently),
but I still pull out Mastering Rubber Guard when I’m – ahem – in the el bano and review a section
or two (that’s probably my most valuable book, it’s laid out so buffet style).

This is my sixth month of practice. The most important lesson I’ve learned at this point is that no
matter how much I dance around the issue, or look for substitute ways to advance (private lessons,
DVDs, conditioning) there is simply, at the end of the day, no substitute for rolling. Unfortunately
rolling is daunting at times (although I don’t dread rolling with some particularly tough class mates
the way I used to), and I literally get/feel “beat up” after each such session. So I’m glad to hear that
3 classes, and not 5 classes, a week is the “magic number!”

I am also happy to hear that the Aeso has made progress at Eduardo de Lima’s – even against the
athletic onslaughts of the Darth Vader-ish, athletic AJ – primarily through dedication and technique
rather than extreme weight lifting etc. But please expand on your point #5 at some future date – for
example what kinds of extra functional exercises do you do. I have now purchased Kesting’s Drills
DVD (grin of shame) so if you have pulled some favorite drills out of there, please let me know.

# 4 January 2007 at 12:52 pm

camarao said:

Aesopian is no cheater! He’s also not a phenom but just an average guy with a big work ethic.
Much like anything really worthwhile, there are no secret shortcuts. BJJ is one of the most honest
martial arts out there and you will get you back exactly what you put into it—no more or less.
Aesopian not only works his butt off on this website, he’s no keyboard warrior and is on the mat
more than most (sometimes even when the academy is closed).

If he’s training 6-7 times a week sometimes twice a day and the average bear gets 2-3 classes a
week in… I’m not mathematically inclined but I think most others can figure it out.

I’m with you OldDog53! It helps to be young with time to burn. I think Aesopian mentioned a back
injury in a post and explained some stretching he did to recover in a day or so. I once saw him get
his elbow popped in a sparring session and he used his youthful powers to heal it between matches.
Since you can’t rewind time, just quit working to train more and start AesopianII.com to become
independently wealthy ;-).

In all seriousness, I think a decent recipe for anyone to achieve some kind of personal success in
BJJ would be: Train all you can, spend any of your daydreaming time on BJJ and always come to
class with at least one question in mind, always spar with different people, and (injuries permitting)
spar a minimum of 3 matches every class. I think this what our instructor has communicated to me
over the years without actually verbalizing it. It works.

Rank is nice, but what’s nicer is what it really represents—the knowledge to back it up. Congrats on
all your accumulated knowledge in such a “short time” Aesopian. I’m happy for you buddy.

# 5 January 2007 at 11:07 pm

ZakS said:

Sorry to be commenting on this topic nearly a year late but I just found this journal a week or two
ago from sherdog.

8 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

I have been thinking ALOT about this topic lately, game plan vs. no game plan. i think there are
great benefits to both; no plan lets me see more options whether they work out or not, lets me see
more, but i’m not sure if my technique is getting much better and I’m finding myself to have no
stong part of my game.but if i roll with a game plan i feel like i am getting better at what i am
already good at and mmy weak positions are still weak because i’m avoiding them, hopefully. I use
to be particularly good on top and slow on bottom but now i think i’m middle of the road at both top
and bottom.

when i focus on my weaker positions i feel like my better game is not developing and is slipping
away because i am not working it as much. or shuold i be okay with having a rounded game with
not being much better in a certain position?

# 14 December 2007 at 10:40 pm

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
Individual Soccer Drills
Revolutionize Your Soccer Game! Coerver Video
Tips & Drills.
www.coerver-soccer-training.com
Double Bundle ACL Recon
by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon - Call
683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Surfing Injuries
Surfing Fitness Training System Fast Surfing
Fitness Program
TotalSurfingFitness.net

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News

9 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass

10 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
The Theory of Game Plans | How To Study Jiu-Jitsu | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/80/the-theory-of-game-plans/

skyjo on Reverse Omoplata


Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

11 of 11 09/06/2009 9:03
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Tightening and Finishing the Triangle


15 November 2006 83 views One Comment

This was originally part of a longer tutorial on the triangle from s-mount but I often find myself referring
to the part on tightening and finishing the triangle, so I’m making a stand-alone version of it.

I have his head and arm trapped in the circle of my legs, which is the start of the triangle, but at this point
I am only crossing my ankles.

I could just close my triangle all the way right now, but that’s just because I have long legs. So for all of
you short legged suckers, here’s how I would have you continue. I also use this sequence when trying to
triangle guys with really broad shoulders.

I use my grip on the elbow to cross the arm.

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Then I shove his arm all the way across with both hands.

With his arm across, I reach up with my right hand and grab my shin.

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

DO NOT grab your foot or ankle on the outside. You can break your ankle and heelhook yourself by
pulling out here. It will also give you less leverage to break their posture since your ankle bends and your
shin does not.

With a grip on my shin, I open my legs and step on their hip with my right foot. I keep my right knee
squeezed tight to their shoulder so they cannot pull their elbow out that side.

This simple grip on the shin is what I consider the most important point to do to prevent them from
posturing out to escape. As you work to close the triangle, never uncross your ankles without grabbing
your shin first, and likewise, never let go of your shin without crossing your ankles (or closing your
triangle) first. You need to pull down on your shin to keep constant pressure on them and break their
posture.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Now I reach inside their knee with my left hand. This is another point that I think everyone should do.
You can use it to turn for a better finishing angle, you can use it to sweep them to a mounted triangle if
they try to stack, and it prevents them from slamming you if they stand.

Pushing on the hip with your right foot and pulling your head to their knee with your left arm, turn
yourself perpendicular to them. You’ll know you’ve got a good angle when you can look in their ear.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Keep turning, stepping on the mat to help if you need to, until your calf is chopping on the back of his
neck. You don’t want your leg on his back or shoulders at all if you can help it.

With a great angle on the neck, I close my triangle, throwing the bend of my right knee over my left ankle.

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

To finish, I pull down on the head, thrust my hips up and away and stiffening my back (not pulling him
into me and bending at the waist, which helps him stack—a detail I picked up from Dean Lister’s movie)
and squeezing my knees.

In my opinion, squeezing the knees is the most important detail to finishing the triangle that most people
miss. Whenever I hear someone complain about how hard they have to fight to finish what seems to be a
good triangle or say that the choke is a “slow one”, I ask them to show me how they do it and they usually
pull down on the head and lift their hips really hard, but not squeeze their knees. Once I add that detail, it
becomes a very fast choke.

Added bonus!

Here’s a little variation I’ve been doing that turns this into an triangle-armbar combo.

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

When I go to underhook their leg…

...I make sure I reach over their arm, trapping it in my armpit.

Now when I lift my hips, they get to enjoy an armlock too.

Yes, I’m aware that my triangle isn’t closed tight in many of these finishing photos. I didn’t feel like
making Trog suffer any more than needed.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Younghusband said:

Ooooh! I like the bonus!

# 14 December 2006 at 3:20 am

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Try Osteo-Ease for Joint


Pain Relief, Maximize your body's ability to repair
& heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com
Shoulder Exercises
Pain free shoulder program Shoulder exercises to
recover
ShoulderWithoutPain.com
Abdominal Exercise Secret
Abdominal exercises do nothing to flatten your
stomach -- this does!
TruthAboutAbs.com
Osteoarthritis Relief
What Osteoarthritis Aids Came Out Top? See
What Works. Learn More
www.TheHealthReporters.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Tightening and Finishing the Triangle | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/99/tightening-and-finishing-the-triangle/

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:34
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Mat Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard


11 December 2006 1,304 views 5 Comments

In case the marketing hype hasn’t reached you yet, Ryan Hall is Lloyd Irving’s latest “experiment”, a
purple belt that he’s got doing The Game Plan and running through a ton of tournament, like Fowler did.

Ryan has done extremely well in competition, winning the majority of them by triangle (earning him the
nickname “Ryangle”). He’s got a particular setup for it that’s especially interesting since it comes from
him playing inverted (or “upside down”) guard.

Neither I nor Trog take any credit for the move shown below. We are admittedly ripping off Ryan Hall on
this one.

That said, Trog has devoted a lot of time to breaking down how Ryan does this move, watching and
paying close attention to his tournament footage, and he has very successfully incorporated it into his
game. He’s caught me with this more times than I care to count, and I’ve seen him hit it on many others of
every belt color.

Having had so much success with it, Trog wanted to put together tutorial on what he figured out from
watching Ryan so others could make sense of it too. So all credit goes to Ryan.

You can set this move up from many different situations, but a common one is to spin to it when
defending a guard pass. We also took photos of how to do this from under north-south, because it’s easier
to show, but I feel that this is the more representative way of explaining it.

Here’s Trog showing how he defends the guard pass by spinning to inverted guard and then to the triangle:

1 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

I am trying to pass Trog’s guard with a basic stacking pass, pinning one knee to the mat while driving my
shoulder into the other. He has a cross grip on my sleeve since he was likely going for cross guard.

Rather than resisting my effort to drive into him, Trog rolls to his left, swiveling on his shoulder.

2 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

As he spins, Trog grabs my other sleeve, so he’s controlling both of my arms.

With control of both sleeve and having spun all the way to inverted guard, Trog steps on each biceps like
he’s playing an upside down spider guard.

3 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

Trog steps on the same biceps with both feet.

Then he kicks his right foot into the armpit. He also pulls my right hand out, stretching it away.

4 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

He takes his left foot off the biceps as his right leg shoots deeper under the armpit, which he uses to press
against me and spins clockwise.

As he completes his spin, he traps my head and arm in the circle of his legs.

5 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

Note that he uses the momentum of the spin to cross my arm.

Grab the shin, step on the hip and triangle your legs to cinch up the choke. Finish like usual.

I won’t blame you if this move seems highly unusual, because it is. But I’ve come prepared to show you
that it’s entirely possible and very effective, having gathered up all the footage I could find of Ryan doing
it in competition.

Here’s it in action:

Grapplers Quest (Oct 2006)

6 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

You can see him spinning to inverted guard and then a triangle at 0:14.

Ryan Hall vs Justin Rader

A little bit of inverted guard at 5:55, then a lot more at 6:15, including a good triangle attempt.

Ryan at Arnolds

7 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

The match starts with some inverted guard action and a close triangle. Ryan defends a guard pass at 2:25
by spinning upside down, shooting for a triangle and returning to guard. At 3:25, he goes inverted one
more time before spinning to the triangle that ends the match.

Ryan Hall vs Renato Tavares

He defends a guard pass at 0:24 by spinning to inverted guard. He goes inverted against at 0:47 and shoots
for a triangle but Renato avoids it. Another spin to inverted guard at 3:53. At 5:05, he comes dangerously
close to having his guard passed but spins to inverted guard at the last second. At 8:10 he goes to inverted
guard one last time then quickly spins into a triangle, which he has all but cinched closed when the time
runs out.

Lastly, you can check out this cheesy promo piece for Lloyd’s programs that does offer insight into what
Ryan is looking to do when he spins to inverted:

8 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

I hope this breakdown of Ryan’s move gave you some ideas.

If you have any questions, feel free to ask and I’ll run them by Trog.

5 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

Sawosz said:

Nice one. I think you can also transfer to cross guard from 6th photo if your opponent postures too
much too get the triangle.

# 11 December 2006 at 4:45 am

OldDog53 said:

Yes, I will definitely NOT try to practice this one. :-)

But thanks for digging this stuff out. Seeing it at least keeps me from thinking there are too many
“written in stone” rules or strategies in bjj.

Who is Lloyd Irvin though and what is the Game Plan?

Ah, http://www.lloydirvin.com/adult/bjj/testimonials.html

Now, what is the Grappler’s Blueprint? Never mind, I’ll just read their website and go from there.
(Sounds potentially controversial, though….)

I do wish his students would just say “Coach Irving” instead of “Master Irving.” Or “Teach’”. Or
even sensei; I think “sensei” for example, is used by grade school kids in Japan for their school
teacher so it doesn’t have the kind of “heaviness” to it that “Master” does.

9 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

# 11 December 2006 at 12:25 pm

Trog said:

This is a kind of step by step setup . However, this is a move i use more on the fly. I use a single
sleeve grip the majority of the time, and as soon as I go inverted I’m already looking for the opening
to stick leg through their armpit. As they posture they give you the momentum to spin all the way
into the setup; the grip on the sleeve helps but you can do this no-gi as well. Your hips must stay
loose the entire time so you can swivel in and out of this guard from your regular guard. If you stay
stiff your not going to hit it often. So just keep that in mind if any one gives it a shot. “Stay loose”

If you look at the first two pics, you can see where I actually hit the triangle. As they go to pass the
guard I push on the shoulder and bring my right leg over the top turning inverted.
When I do I’m looking for my left heal to hook on his right hip. Then I use that heal and the sleeve
grip to swing right back into the triangle.

I’m using the “backwards” triangle almost constantly from this transition.

Everyone who first saw me trying to figure this move out doubted it, and since then I’m triangled
almost all of them with it. Or at least got in the position to triangle them but couldn’t quite close
because my triangle ins’t good enough. Still you will get the head and arm you need to set up the
triangle, and i think it will help a lot of people in opening their guards, and building good hip
movement for everything else.

# 12 December 2006 at 8:32 am

OldDog53 said:

I think someone might have been applying this or a variant to me last week, based on Trog’s
additional comment preceding this note. My practice partner wasn’t pulling a regular guard during
sparring, it appeared he was sweeping but then triangling me…when I was watching him earlier it
looked like he was “break dancing” when he was doing the same thing with another partner.
Needless to say I was tapping a lot that session, because I was posturing but still getting triangled,
and stacking the triangle wasn’t helping as much as it usually does.

Any defensive suggestions? This is a little difficult to defend becuase my first reaction when guard
is thrown at me is to posture up….which makes the triangle easier, I guess.

# 12 December 2006 at 12:01 pm

Trog said:

Biggest problem I’ve had is one brown belt swims both his arms inside my legs and then lays heavy
on me. It kills my controls and puts me into north-south, where I have to change what I’m doing.

He is a very aggressive player and does this well. He always says “Just fucking smash through it”
and it works for him.

To kill it my coach throws his hips really hard into my legs, causing me to lose control for a second.
Then he makes his move to whatever position is given to him.

10 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

# 13 December 2006 at 9:03 am

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

11 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

12 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Ryan Hall’s Triangle from Inverted Guard | BJJ Instructional Videos | B... http://www.aesopian.com/101/ryan-halls-triangle-from-inverted-guard/

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

13 of 13 09/06/2009 9:05
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

ERROR
Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke


14 November 2006 77 views No Comment

This choke isn’t from the “cross guard” position where you’re already all to one side, but he considers it
part of that game since it uses the same cross grip on the sleeve. This also shows the versitility of the
game, since you can use the same grip to armdrag and take the back if they are fighting you going to the
normal cross guard.

Cross grip the sleeve and figure-four your arms to break the (non-existant, in this photo) grip on your

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

lapel. Do a crunch to bring your head and chest up. This cocks you into place for the grip break.

Arch your back and stretch out as you bench his arm straight up, breaking his grip.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

In the same motion, pull his arm across as you sit up and hug his back.

Escape your hips slightly to the side so you are sitting on his knee.

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

Opposite angle: You can see how your hips are turned to one side, you’re hugging over his back and
you’ve still got his arm pulled across your body.

When they try to sit back and posture up, bring your hips higher, closing them so you’re around their
waist, sitting up on the top of their leg.
The arm that was grabbing the back reaches around their head and grabs their collar.

This has all been like we showed in the first sweep, but here is where it splits off. Instead of reaching
under the far leg like a pendulum sweep, Trog does this:

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

Reach under your own body, grabbing the wrinkled fabric outside their near knee.

Now open your guard and swing your hips out and lift them with your legs like you’re doing a pendulum
sweep.

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

When they flip over, you’ve already got the grip on their near pant leg.

Cross your legs over his far arm to lock down his upper body. You can also switch to hugging on the near
leg instead of just holding the pants.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

Like before, you can also switch to the single wing choke by passing your arm under his arm and behind
his head.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

www.Swim.com Ads by Google

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
Cross Guard - Armdrag to Sweep and Bow-and-arrow Choke | Jiu-jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/46/cross-guard-armdrag-to-sweep-and-bow-...

March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:35
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

BJJers Over 40 Only Chief Executive Programme


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover Equip Yourself To Handle The Role of A Chief
7 Mat Survival Secrets Executive. Register Now!
TheWiseGrappler.com SIM.edu.sg/Professional_Development

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques, Schools

What Robson Moura Taught Leo


29 December 2006 379 views One Comment

I had the pleasure of training at American Top Team in Hollywood, FL this past Christmas weekend. Leo
Kirby and I met up to share techniques and take photos.

A while back, Leo did a private lesson with Robson Moura. He’s long wanted to show me what he
learned, and the members of the SBG forum were clamoring for it as well, so we thought we’d shoot a
tutorial of it. I have taken Leo’s notes on the private lesson that he posted on the SBG forum after training
with Robson and mixed in the pictures we took. A BJJ collage of sorts.

The guard variation that Robson did is very interesting to me since it plays right into the overhooking
butterfly game but adds another element of being able to also stretch them out and away to keep from
being flattened out (as you’ll see).

I know Leo is always happy to answer questions, so feel free to ask below.

Everything below is by Leo…


—-

John Davis and I did a 2 hour private with Robson Moura.

Really can’t say enough about the guy. I have trained and rolled with black belts but I have never seen
anyone that truly understands the concept of non-attribute BJJ like this guy. Of course he is maybe 5’6”,
145 lbs so he really has no choice. He says he plays a faster no-gi game, but with gi it is all technique. We
worked his guard game. This is where I began to understand how a small guy can play open guard from
bottom without using strength and power to keep from getting crushed. He started in butterfly but went to
one hip, something I have seen. Luis does it and I know I saw John Frankle teach that on a seminar DVD,
as well as many others. I have never really been good at it though. But what Robson did was sit to one
side, then x-guard the leg on that side.

Leg position

1 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

X-guard on that thigh with the legs pushing out with some pressure.

Stretching the hooks to keep them off if they drive in

2 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

So he was on his side with an underhook or overhook, whatever they gave him.

Underhook

Overhook and far collar grip

3 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

Then it was what they did that determined what he did next.

A couple of points here. I have been playing x-guard for 2 years, trained with Marcelo twice, two private
lessons with him, all of his DVD’s, as well as Kesting’s x-guard stuff. But it was never this easy. The thing
I have heard over and over is: how do you set up x-guard? I have always waited for them to post or stand
then go for the underhook on the leg, x-guard the other one. Or lift them from butterfly or butterfly half
guard, then underhook the leg. The way Robson plays you can underhook the leg but you don’t need to.
When they work to free the leg, post a hand, put a hand on your knee or grab the pant leg you sweep them
a number of ways or take their back. He attacks the collar, but from that position normally they try to get
an underhook so he takes the overhook. He will grab either collar from there.

If the near collar, he uses the other side gi skirt and has several combos from there.

Overhook and near collar grip

4 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

He then went into gi control from this position with the lapel or by pulling the skirt out and wrapping it
over their shoulder or back.

Untucking and passing the far lapel over the back

Wrapping lapel across the back

5 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

Wrapped lapel is gripped by overhooking hand

He had combinations for an overhook and switching the grip a number of ways, then sweeping or finishing
with a choke.

If you try to move back he just scoots with you because he has a hand posted and tries to keep contact. If
you stand he can switch to the regular X guard or get both hooks in for a normal butterfly then switches to
the x guard again that I described above. It was pretty amazing that while you are on your side, his thigh
in the x-guard position controlled by both your hooks, you have plenty of time to play with his gi because
if he tries to stop you you just lift him with the hooks and sweep him. We rolled with him for quite a
while. His game is incredible—slow, and very technical. He is great at gi chokes and gets them just as you
think you are passing his guard. All in all the best two hours I have ever spent in Martial Arts. I love

6 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

training with Marcleo, but when you roll with him you know you have been in a fight. And after training
with him I started working the fast game that he is so good at and that at 45, I am not sure I can play for
more than a few minutes at a time. After the class with Robson, John and I started rolling/drilling on our
own and it just made me want to get proper position, slow down, and see what he gave me.
(1 votes, average: 1.00 out of 5)
One Comment »

cretegolf said:

Great article,

It’s topical for me, I just recently had a private lesson from Robson Moura while in Scottsdale,
Arizona @ Gustavo Dantas’ School (Robson was there right after his Pan-Am win & right before
his Grapplers Quest win!!).

Unfortunately, I didn’t bring my gi, which I now wish I did, but he showed me a bit of his
x/butterfly guard, and some options from there.

Even without the gi, it was very technical. There are many options from that position (he showed a
cool sweep-taking the back from there)

He also showed me a cool armbar sequence that’s in Nova Unaio’s Personal Jiu-Jitsu Magazine.

Again, very simple, but very technical and effective.

I was shocked that he wasn’t invited to ADCC, he would’ve cleaned up.

Chris Fradelos(BJJ Addict-Toronto)

# 24 May 2007 at 9:16 am

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up
1 Trick for a Flat Belly:
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Toronto BJJ
Gracie Trained World Champions Brazilian
Jiu-Jitsu, Boxing, MMA
www.torontobjj.com

Manifest Your Goals


Video Visualization Tool Powerful, Proven Results
www.mindmovies.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

7 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008

8 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
What Robson Moura Taught Leo | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/113/what-robson-moura-taught-leo/

February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 9:04
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Mat Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep


14 November 2006 68 views No Comment

This is how Trog uses his cross guard game to setup the pendulum sweep.

You’ve setup the cross guard: cross grip on the sleeve, underhooking the knee, guard open, hips turned
out.

Trog says that he likes to play cross guard with his right knee pressing against the body, under their arm,
like this. He uses his knee and shin to push them away and control their weight and posture.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

Use you left leg and right knee to push them back and to the right, so they resist and push back.

To fight getting swept, they drive in and try to crush your bent leg.

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

Grab their elbow with your right hand.

Kick your right leg through and swing it out, turning your hips clockwise, as you begin the pendulum
sweep.

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

Use your left leg in their armpit to roll them and lift their knee to continue the sweep.

Keep ahold of the leg until you come into mount.

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

Drop a couple elbows to the face.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

BJJers Over 40 Only


Stop Getting Smashed On The Mat! Discover 7
Mat Survival Secrets
TheWiseGrappler.com
Height Clearance Bars
Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Master Hypnotist Training
Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
Cable Protectors
Worlds Premier Cable Protector Get Yellow Jacket
Protectors Now
www.yjams.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Cross Guard - Pendulum Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jits... http://www.aesopian.com/45/cross-guard-pendulum-sweep/

January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:36
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

BJJers Over 30 Only Aluminum Control Arms


Stop Getting Run Off The Mat! Learn 7 Mat New Aluminum Control Arms for 1963-1982
Punk Survival Secrets Corvettes!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.speeddirect.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » BJJ Instructional Videos, Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards”


5 December 2006 248 views 2 Comments

Lately, Trog and I have been dealing with people defending the triangle by wrapping their arm around the
hips and waiting for the omoplata. One wrestler in particular had been negating our triangles with this, and
his defense to the omoplata was so good that switching to it wasn’t really an option.

We were working on solutions when Trog came up with a great one. He said he’d been watching a ADCC
highlight reel and saw one of the competitors run into the exact same situation, and easily handle it using a
“backwards” triangle, i.e. locking the legs the wrong way. He uses the position to get their arm out, and
actually finishes the match with a reverse armbar from it.

You can see it this great video, between 1:12 to 1:45:

I think this is a great solution, and was also impressed that Trog spotted it in the video, so I asked him if I
could share it on my site and he was happy to show it.

1 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

You’ve trapped their head and arm in the circle of your legs for a triangle. But before you could cross
their arm, they hugged under your hips.

While it is sometimes possible to finish a triangle without crossing the arm, you can feel that they’re
locking down your hips to prevent this. With their arm hugging your hips, you could switch to an
omoplata, but you feel that they’re prepared for this and have already reached inside their thigh or joined
hands to defend.

Pay close attention to the next steps. They involve minor adjustments that are hard to see but they are
important.

2 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Push their head to the left with both hands. You need to expose the side of their neck, and shoving their
head to the side does this.

3 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Bring your right thigh against their exposed neck.

4 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

With your right thigh snug against their neck, grab the back of their head and push it down into your
stomach/hips. You are now exposing the back of their neck.

5 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Bring your left foot up and grab it, pulling it to the back of their neck.

6 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Figure-four your legs to lock the triangle.

You’ve now got a triangle on the “wrong” side, but thanks to the adjustments made while securing it, you
can actually make good use of it.

You can try using it to finish the choke by hugging your knees and squeezing your thighs together (think
Thigh Master). This can put on the same pressure as a normal triangle, with your thigh against one side of
their neck and their own shoulder in the other side.

To be honest though, I’ve never had much success finishing anyone this way. It is a horrible position to be
in and they’ll suffer, but they’ll survive.

Instead of going for the finish, we’ll move on, using the backwards triangle for the control it offers.

7 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

You’re going to use it to pry their arm out and cross it so you can get a normal triangle.

Dig your left hand under their arm and gable grip your hands together.

Bridge your hips up and start pulling their arm out. Slide your forearm down towards their wrist as you
pull to gain better leverage as you go.

With the triangle locked backwards, you’ve got a better angle to pull the arm out, and lifting your hips
applies pressure that makes it easier to open them up.

8 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Keep pulling and shaking their arm out until you’ve freed it.

Bring their arm on to your shoulder.

9 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Trap their wrist at the bend of your neck, like you’re holding a phone with no hands. You can grab their
elbow and manually turn it to make sure it’s facing outwards.

Cross your arms so the crook of your elbow is over their elbow. Apply the submission by hugging their
arm to you as you expand your chest and arch your back and neck towards. The strength of this move
should come from your core, not just squeezing really hard with your arms (though that does help).

10 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

To escape, they have to bend their arm and bring it to the other side of your head. That’s fine since they
just crossed their own arm for the normal triangle.

Make sure to shove their arm all the way across so they can’t bring it back to the other side and hug your
hips again.

Grab your right shin and open your legs.

11 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Step on their hip with your left foot to swivel your hips. Pull your right calf across the back of their neck.

Close a normal triangle and finish like usual.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

Dochter said:

Nice series. I’ve done this a time or two mainly out of opprotunity but it is nice to see it laid out.

12 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

# 6 December 2006 at 4:57 pm

timbaland said:

Baret Yoshida also had a counter to people hooking their arm across the leg. He would take both of
his hands and locks them across the knee that goes across your opponents neck. He then uses his
arms along with his legs to pull his knees together and raises his hips. I’ve tried this and was able to
get it to work.

# 11 December 2006 at 7:38 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools

13 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata

14 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Triangle Troubleshooting - Doing It “Backwards” | BJJ Instructional Vi... http://www.aesopian.com/91/triangle-troubleshooting-doing-it-backwards/

Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass


psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

15 of 15 09/06/2009 9:06
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Double Bundle ACL Recon


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 by Singapore Sports Orthopaedic Surgeon -
Mat Survival Secrets Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard Submissions


14 November 2006 78 views No Comment

When you’re in the initial position to get these two submissions, the important point is that you first try
hard for the sweeps. When it fails, it is because the opponent has postured or dropped their weight to the
other side.

If they posture, you get the triangle. If they drop their weight to the other side, you get the omoplata.

First the triangle.

You’re in going for the first sweep and their left arm is out of your guard. They are resisting by posturing.

1 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Pass your right leg to the other side of their head.

Grab your right shin with your left hand and pull down to break their posture. Cross their trapped arm.
Step on their hip with your left foot to turn your hips and keep your knee squeezed against their shoulder
so they can’t pull their arm out.

2 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Lock the triangle.

Reach inside the knee with your right hand and pull yourself to it to turn yourself far a strong finishing
angle.
Now the omoplata.

3 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

You’re entering cross guard with all your grips in place. This time, instead of passing your right leg to the
other side of their body, you’re just pressing you knee in against them.

You are pushing into them with your left leg and they push back. At the same time, shove their arm back
so their arm is wrapping your thigh as you chop your calf into their armpit.

4 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Keep chopping down with your leg, driving their shoulder down as you spin out.

Triangle your legs around their arm to secure the position.

5 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Take your arm out from under their leg and grab their belt. Keep holding their wrist down by your hip so
they don’t uncross it and escape.

Untriangle your legs and drive your left leg flat to the ground to force the shoulder down as you use the
other to scoot your hips away and turn slightly on your left side. The grip on the belt keeps them from
rolling out and escaping.

Finish like normal.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

6 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Height Clearance Bars


Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing or
ceiling mounted
www.jamesluke.com.au
Master Hypnotist Training
Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

7 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

8 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard Submissions | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | A... http://www.aesopian.com/44/cross-guard-submissions/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

9 of 9 09/06/2009 8:37
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Security Guard Suppliers


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Find & Contact Low-Cost Suppliers See why
Mat Survival Secrets so many businesses trust us
TheWiseGrappler.com Alibaba.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - Second Sweep


14 November 2006 54 views No Comment

This next sweep has to be used in combination with the first one. You go hard for the first sweep, and if
they defend then they are susceptible to the this, and vice versa. This isn’t a sweep you will easily get
from a static position. You have to switch back and forth back and forth, depending on which side their
weight is on.

You’re going for the first cross guard sweep, but they’re countering by driving their weight forward and
hugging your leg.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Shoot your hips high in the air like your going for the first sweep. If they don’t fall its because their base is
heavy in the other direction.

Switch your grip to their left elbow.

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Shoot your hips with as much force as possible in the opposite direction now.

They fall to their left.

It’s hard to show this motion with photos, but you shouldn’t land here. You should land on their chest, or
even better, all the way over on their far side.

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Keep riding up over them to land on their far side.

Turn towards them and come to your knees to establish a top position of some sort.

Trog says he doesn’t use this sweep as much any more since it usually ends in a scramble. You’ll usually
land sitting on their chest, so a good wrestler will knock you back down to your guard as they get up.
Even if the sweep does work, you usually have to scramble to stay on top since there isn’t as much
control and a firm place to finish.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Master Hypnotist Training


Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
Wison Corp. - Fingerprint
Provide fingerprint's module, product, embedded
Solution.
www.wison.com.tw
Security Guard Suppliers
Find & Contact Low-Cost Suppliers See why so
many businesses trust us
Alibaba.com
Kicking Techniques
Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays -
Sign Up Today
www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Second Sweep | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu ... http://www.aesopian.com/43/cross-guard-second-sweep/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Mat Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass


14 November 2006 88 views No Comment

This next sweep is how Trog counters people trying to drive their knees though his cross guard. You can
also get the same sweep when people do this to your De la Riva guard.

You’ll notice that this is almost the same sweep as above, only applied to a different situation.

We join the action with Trog already in cross guard. His opponent has stood and is trying to drive his knee
though his guard to pin his leg and defend submissions.

1 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

From here you can see how he’s gripping the pants. If you got here from De la Riva, you’d be grabbing
the back of the ankle.

When he feels they are really trying to drive their knee though to the ground on the other side of his knee,
he turns his hips and brings his legs to that side.

2 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

Here’s where we try to slow time so you can understand the hip movement. He straightens his whole
body, shooting his legs and and tries to launch his hips up and over to the left.

Action shot of his hips shooting up and his opponent fall over.

3 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

Shooting his hips up and over to the side collapses their base.

He stretches their leg out with his grip on the pants, and he keeps a grip on their sleeve. Continue to side
control as shown earlier.

This sweep looks and feels counter-intuitive. How am I sweeping him to that side if he’s driving his knee
in so hard? That’s the problem I have with this sweep. It just doesn’t feel like it shoulder work.

Strangely, the only reason you can sweep him like this is because he is putting so much weight on that
knee. When he does so, he commits himself all to that side, and that’s what makes you able to knock him
over. If he’s not really driving his knee that heavily or his weight is on the other leg, you won’t get this
sweep.

Trog said he rolls with a guy who will purposely try to get you to do this sweep, since he knows how to

4 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

pull out when you shoot your hips, and you’ll just fly past him and he’ll take your back. So only go for this
when you feel they are really committing themselves to driving the knee to the ground over your leg.

Trog also said it took trying this (and the last sweep, which is similar) “a million times” and failing it
before he started getting it. Now he’s sweeping Eduardo with it. It just took time to get down the timing,
how you work with their weight, how you launch your hips up at different angles and the details on the
grips.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews

5 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

6 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - Countering Knee-Through Pass | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Br... http://www.aesopian.com/42/cross-guard-countering-knee-through-pass/

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

7 of 7 09/06/2009 8:38
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Grapplers Over 30 Only Kicking Techniques


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Free Rugby Coaching, Free Drills Skills & Plays
Mat Survival Secrets - Sign Up Today
TheWiseGrappler.com www.BetterRugbyCoaching.com/Sign-Up

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - A Second Introduction


14 November 2006 78 views One Comment

This sweep is one of the moves we reshoot since Trog didn’t feel the motion of it was accurately captured.
But rather than let the photos go to waste, I felt I would include them so you could see the sweep done
with a slightly different entry and grips.

From closed guard, cross grip the sleeve with your right hand.

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Reach under the knee with your left hand.

Open your guard and step on the ground with your right foot to turn your hips clockwise. Keep your left
leg somewhat tight to the body: you will need it to create resisting pressure.

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Swing your right leg out…

...and pass it to the other side of their head. Keep your hips very loose by lifting them and rolling your
shoulders, so you can spin on your back.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

With your legs, pressure them back and to the right, so they defend by pushing their weight back.

When they push back, shoot your hips up against their right shoulder. You need to get up on your
shoulders and launch your hips like you want to shoot back and to the left.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

As your hips shoot up into their shoulder, they’ll fall back to their right.

After sweeping them back, you will be sitting on their arm with it between your legs. Turn towards their
legs and reach for their far side with your left arm. Keep the grip on their sleeve until you secure the cross
body position.

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Post your left hand by their far side.

Turn towards their legs and post your right hand by their near side.

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Turn all the way and come to your knees, establishing side control.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

Leo Kirby said:

I’ve been working on this every week since you posted it. It is really becoming a big part of my
game.

Last night I figured out a couple of problems while rolling. The first problem is actually getting in
postion. The guy on top will try not to let your other leg out.

I found if I start by gripping the outside pant leg, pulling my self around and putting the near side leg
up by his arm pit and pushing out I can switch to the underhook on the leg. The key was to pull
myself around, not try to pull his leg to me.

When I went for the underhook a couple of guys really sprawled that leg back, but that didn’t stop
it. I still got the underhook and pulled myself tight to their leg. At the same time I started working to
get the other leg over his head. He was trying to defend the underhook and not let the leg out at the
same time, eventually I was able to get the leg over his head.

I got a couple of omaplata submissions, and a couple of nice sweeps. Once I am in postion I feel
real comfortable with the game.

# 6 December 2006 at 7:44 am

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

www.Break80Today.com Ads by Goooooogle

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - A Second Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian J... http://www.aesopian.com/41/cross-guard-a-second-introduction/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Height Clearance Bars


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Drive thru height clearance bars Free standing
Mat Survival Secrets or ceiling mounted
TheWiseGrappler.com www.jamesluke.com.au

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Cross Guard - An Introduction


14 November 2006 164 views 2 Comments

A while back, I shot a series of tutorials on a guard game that my training partner Trog has been playing.
He does cross guard in the same style as Pe de Pano and Tinguinha, and he knows that others are
interested in it so he wanted to show how he had developed his game.

Trog was happy to share it freely, but his main concern was that he wouldn’t be able to show the
dynamics of the game in static photos. The way you need to have loose hips and swing them freely, how
you get your opponent rocking back and forth and play with his weight on posture, how you suddenly
launch your hips in different direction—these are hard enough to teach in person, so they are even harder
to show in pictures.

When I first put together these tutorials, Trog didn’t want me to put them out unless he felt they
adequately expressed these points. He said he’d rather just trash it than put out a bad instructional, since
he doesn’t want people getting messed up for trying clunky Internet Jiu-Jitsu.
And it just so turns out that Trog wasn’t happy with the first run of photos we took, and so this wasn’t
going to be put up. But after showing it to a couple people in private, I found that if someone really
wanted to get this game, they would still be able to learn a lot from this, especially if they took the time to
go over it in detail and get a feel for it first.

Heartened to hear this, Trog retook some of it and added more details to make up for what he felt was
lacking in the first set. I also found footage of it being taught and used in competition, so the motion of the
sweeps can be show in real time too.

What I find really interesting is how he developed his cross guard game without the aid of instructionals.
Only recently has he been watching Tinguinha’s and Pe de Pano’s instructionals on it, but what you’ll
learn here came mostly from his own experimentation with the basic he learned from Eduardo, our
instructor. If you’ve seen those videos, you’ll see how Trog has a slightly different style and does some of
the positions and grips differently.

Basic Grips, Positioning and Sweep

There are several ways to grip and to get to cross guard, but he is the safest way that Trog does.

1 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

With his right hand, he cross grips their sleeve. You can use a claw grip, but Trog uses a pistol grip since it
is less stressful on his fingers.

He grabs their leg with his left hand. Here he is grabbing the fabric of the pants, but you can also
underhook the leg (as we’ll do later).

Trog said he started gripping the pants after watching Pe de Pano use it in competition, since you can keep
the grip when they stand, which isn’t easy with the underhook. He still underhooks the leg a lot, but he’s
started using this grip more for standing guys (and for me, since I get him with my reverse omoplata
passes, where I take the crucifix instead of passing his guard).

Next, how he gets to the official cross guard position. He uses a few other positions before going to it,
which allow him to get there securely.

2 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

When he first opens his guard, he brings his knee across their chest. They’ll often drive into you when you
open like this so having the knee there helps him control the space

He’ll drive his knee into the chest and stretch his body out to force their weight back. He’s creating space
to start bringing his leg over their head.

With them shoved back, he’ll bring his foot up and step on their biceps and shoulder to create even more
space. He said to expect them to grab your pants if you do this for more than a second.

3 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

With all that space opened up, he can throw his leg over to the other side of their head and start playing
cross guard proper.

Now we’ll show how he plays with their weight and posture, and how it sets up one of the main sweeps.

He’ll press down on their head with his right leg and try to make them fall to the right. They’ll naturally
resist and drive back to the left. This kind of pressure, putting weight on their head and trying to make
them lean different directions and resist is a fundamental part of this game.

4 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

When the resist being pushed over and come back into you, shoot your hips up and to the left, like you
want to nail their shoulder with your butt.

Continuing the motion. His hips are still making hard contact with the shoulder as he comes up. The grip
on the sleeve is extremely important so they don’t pull their arm out.

This hip movement is the part that Trog has the hardest time showing in photos since it has to be done
quickly and when their weight is moving to the left. You won’t get this sweep from a static position.
You’ve got to have good timing and be able to launch your hips up well.

5 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

As they fall and he comes up, he pulls their leg out and lifts it by the pants. This breaks their base and
prevents them from fighting to stay on their knees.

Just another shot so you can see how he controls the sleeve and the pants as he comes up to sitting. The
grip on the sleeve is still extremely important so they don’t pull out, and the grip on the pants helps
prevent them from turning to their knees.

6 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

Maintaining all his grips, he scoots his butt so he’s sitting on their arm as he turns towards their legs.
You’ll be familiar with how to finish this sweep if you do a lot of omoplata sweeps, since they end in the
same position.

He keeps turning until he can put the arm that was gripping the knee on the far side of their body, like he’s
going for reverse scarf hold.

With their upper body now locked down, he can release their sleeve and start doing side control however
he feels like.

2 Comments » (No Ratings Yet)

7 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

Leo Kirby said:

This is changing my guard game. I have been working on it for the last 3 weeks and decided to roll
with it live on Thursday. I got 3 of the rolling sweeps an omaplata and a bicep pincher when they
tried to pull the arm out of the grip.

Tell Trog thanks a lot and thanks to you for posting this.

# 20 November 2006 at 12:26 pm

meatgrinder said:

In your first sequence of pictures…as you get to the side, I feel like the objective is to get your
chest onto the back of his shoulder (one of the steps in marcelo’s armdrags). If he stops you from
taking the back (by using his right hand to grip your left elbow and weighing into your shoulder),
push his left hand across his face/neck and pass your sleeve grip to your right hand before coming
back for the pendulum sweep…Having his arm across his neck gives much more leverage to rotate
his shoulders as you sweep into mount. Even if he (with other potential attacks like returning to a
triangle). At worst, you return to guard with your arm behind his head and his arm across his
neck…total control of his posture; take your pick of attacks.

# 22 June 2007 at 9:09 am

Leave your response!


You must be logged in to post a comment.

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts
Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp
The “No Posture” Pass

8 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast


Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories

BJJ Instructional Videos


Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007

9 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Cross Guard - An Introduction | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/40/cross-guard-an-introduction/

July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

10 of 10 09/06/2009 8:39
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Try OsteoEase for Relief


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Ease your joint pain now! Help your body feel
Mat Survival Secrets better & heal itself
TheWiseGrappler.com www.VitaminUSA.com

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

Raspado’s Half Guard Top


14 November 2006 54 views One Comment

Raspado, a purple belt at my school, was whining about how I get to goof off all day and put together BJJ
tutorials. So I said I’d make one with him.

We are covering what I consider to be a very strong part of his game (having been caught by everything
he shows below). This is his guard opening, passing to half guard and maintaining position, and attacking
with the ezequiel choke and americana in combination.

First, we’ll start with opening the guard.

Raspado is in closed guard with good posture. His back is straight and his head is up; his arms are straight
and he’s holding both lapels.

1 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He steps up with his right leg.

2 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Then with his left, coming all the way to his feet.

3 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He reaches back and grabs the knee with his left hand.

4 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He pushes down on the knee to open the guard and drive the leg to the mat.

As he pushes their leg down, he drives his knee through and drops it to the far side, trapping their thigh
under his shin.

5 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Alternate angle: His rear knee is off the ground and he’s driving forward with it.

As he drives forward, he lays his weight on their chest and he reaches behind their head.

6 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Alternate angle: You can see how he is still pinning their thigh under his shin.

Here’s where Raspado has a dirty little secret. He should circle his rear foot out and pass all the way to
side control. But he doesn’t. Instead, he releases their leg from under his shin and lets them take half
guard.

7 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He drives his right hand under their arm for the underhook. This locks down their upper body and
prevents them from taking his back.

To further secure the position, he drives his chest even higher and punches his underhook even higher.

While securing his upper body, Raspado is also working on the lower in order to control their legs and
hips.

8 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Here you see their legs in a mostly neutral position, just as Raspado is put into half guard.

He brings his left heel under their calf and lifts the leg.

9 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He then threads his left foot through and hooks his right ankle, and his right foot hooks their ankle. Doing
this makes his top position very secure and kills the bottom man’s hip movement.

For those of you paying attention, you’ll notice that he just did lockdown from the top. I find that very
interesting.

Here’s an example. The bottom man is going to bridge and try to throw Raspado off, once with lockdown
and once without.

Without the lockdown, the bottom man’s bridge bumps Raspado’s really high and makes sweeping much
easier.

10 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

With the lockdown, the same bridge doesn’t have anywhere near the same effect. Raspado’s weight it
locked to their hips, taking all the strength out of their bridge.

If they do try to bridge and roll him to his left, Raspado will post with his right foot (crossing over top of
their leg) and on his left elbow.

Now for the submissions, starting with the ezequiel choke.

11 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

Once he feels secure, he’ll take out his right overhook and bring his arm up by their neck. He reaches
behind the neck with his left and grabs inside his right sleeve.

Then he drives his closed right fist into their throat, aiming for their jugular. He doesn’t go all the way
across the neck like in a normal ezekiel choke.

12 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

And lastly, he brings his head down to close the space.

Now for the americana off the ezequiel.

As Raspado goes to drive his fist into their throat for the choke, they bring their hand in to defend their
neck.

13 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

He grabs their wrist with his right hand and pushes it down to the mat.

As he pushes it down, he reaches behind their head and grabs their wrist with his left hand.

14 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

His goal is to hold their wrist with the arm that’s behind their head.

Once he has grabbed the wrist, he reaches under and locks the figure-four, as if to do the americana. He
can’t finish the submission yet since his arm is still behind their head.

15 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

They will usually try to defend by pulling their arm to their chest.

As he feels them doing this, he slides his arm over the top of their head.

16 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

And brings his elbow to the correct side.

It doesn’t take much to finish from here. Everything is already very tight. He just pulls their arm down a
little more and lifts their elbow.

17 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

If you’re going for this move and they try to escape by straightening their arm…

...he releases their arm and grab the back of their collar again.

18 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

And drives his fist into their throat, like in the ezequiel. Drop your head to close up the space too.

One Comment » (No Ratings Yet)

Raspado said:

I am ugly.

# 15 November 2006 at 12:15 pm

Leave your response!

You must be logged in to post a comment.

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

19 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008

20 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
Raspado’s Half Guard Top | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | ... http://www.aesopian.com/37/raspados-half-guard-top/

August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented

How Much Do You Really Need?


The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

21 of 21 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

Grapplers Over 40 Only Master Hypnotist Training


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts
Mat Survival Secrets May 16. Call us at 81233442
TheWiseGrappler.com www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

The Marceloplata
14 November 2006 220 views No Comment

This last bit is a new addition to my game. I learned it from Leo at the Marcelo seminar and saw Marcelo
use it several times in sparring. It starts with the same knee drive that we use to go to s-mount, but it
attacks them in an entirely different way and unique way.

Again, this is a two parter. The second half of this addresses a common problem with many omoplata
setups, where your bottom leg gets trapped under them and you can’t turn out for it. This is how Marcelo
handles that.

Let’s get started and you’ll see what I mean.

I have a vanilla mount on Trog. He has his arms in fairly good posture.

1 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

I slide my left hand under his right forearm. This is easy to do since no one thinks to defend it. They are
waiting for something more obviously like pushing their forearm down for an americana or trying to cross
their arm for an armbar.

I drive my arm through until my elbow touches the mat.

2 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

Then with one solid slide forward, I drive my left knee up under their arm. At the same time, I bring my
left arm back and pinch my elbow to my ribs and grabbing their shoulder, trapping their arm.

Keeping their arm securely trapped, I step up with my left leg.

3 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

Alternate angle. You can see how I am pinning their arm in place with my mine. I am also pressuring in
with me knee to turn them on their side somewhat.

The key is that I get their arm deeply wrapped around my hip at this point.

I throw my leg over like I want to put it across their face as I fall back to my right, letting them come to
their knees.

4 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

But as they come up, they pin my bottom leg and prevent me from turning out for the omoplata.

To being my re-counter to this, I make sure my left foot is on their face.

5 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

I straighten my leg and drive my foot across their face as I roll belly down. This creates terrible pressure
on the shoulder.

So they will roll out to escape the submission.

6 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

Keep spinning faster than they roll, and keep your foot across their face as they roll to their back. Come
up into an armbar-like position and make sure their arm is still wrapped around your hips. Keep spinning
clockwiseto create a really tight shoulder lock.

But let’s say you’re not able to spin fast enough to get that submission, and they are able to come back up
to their knees.

7 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

You’ve just got the omoplata again, only now your bottom leg is no longer trapped and you’re free to
finish like normal.

Surprise bonus! I have crossbred my Garcia and Bravo material and started doing another move with this
setup.

I get the Marcelo mount as shown above. This time I am also pushing down on their chest with my free
hand to turn them more.

8 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

I throw my left leg over their head and get my shin across the throat.

Instead of falling back for the omoplata, I reach behind their head and grab my own foot.

9 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

I finish by falling back to mount with a gogoplata.

Wow. I’m awesome.

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Master Hypnotist Training


Learn how to hypnotize & much more! Starts May
16. Call us at 81233442
www.PathlightCentre.com/Singapore
Aluminum Control Arms
New Aluminum Control Arms for 1963-1982
Corvettes!
www.speeddirect.com
ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?
State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
www.ortho.com.sg
Try Osteo-Ease for Joint
Pain Relief, Maximize your body's ability to repair
& heal itself
www.VitaminUSA.com

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop


MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

10 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends
Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis
Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives

May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007

11 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
The Marceloplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu | Aesopian http://www.aesopian.com/35/the-marceloplata/

March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments
mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts
burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed

10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views


BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views
Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views
Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

12 of 12 09/06/2009 8:40
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

Grapplers Over 40 Only ACL Tear? Meniscus Tear?


Stop Getting Run Out of BJJ Class! Discover 7 State-of-the-Art Double Bundle ACL
Mat Survival Secrets Reconstruction Call 683 666 36 now!
TheWiseGrappler.com www.ortho.com.sg

Home
About
Copyleft
Contact
Donate
Archive

Home » Jiu-jitsu Techniques

S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata


14 November 2006 61 views No Comment

Continuing the re-counter game, this time I opt for the omoplata. Yes, an omoplata. From mount. That’s
only the beginning of this awesomeness.

The setup for this move was inspired by Jean Jacques Machado, who shows a variation in one of his
books.

Just as with my triangle from s-mount tutorial, the second half of this one is really just on how to finish an
omoplata. I just threw it in as a bonus since I know people have trouble with it, and this way has worked
well for me.

Once again, we find me going for an armbar from s-mount.

1 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

And once again, Trog jerks his elbow down to the mat, escaping the armbar.

As soon as he does this, I grab his far wrist with my left hand.

I shove his arm to my right, making his arm wrap around my thigh.

2 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

I step over their head like I’m doing an armbar that isn’t there.

Then I fall backwards, letting them turn belly down and come to their knees.

3 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

I triangle my legs around their arm and still have my grip on their knee. My left hand keeps pushing their
arm down to my hip so they can’t uncross it and escape the omoplata.

I quickly take my arm out from under their leg…

4 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

...and hug behind both of their legs. This is what Eddie calls the jiu-claw. It’s a no-gi grip for controlling
them from the omoplata before you can sit up and grab their back.

I untriangle my legs and chop down on their arm really hard with my right leg. I want to stiffen my leg and
try to force my hamstring and heel down to the mat. As I do this chopping, my left leg shrimps on the mat
to move my hips away. This chopping and shrimping will drag them out and force their shoulder to the
mat.

5 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

Once their shoulder touches the mat, I sit up and hug their back. I keep shoving their arm down to my hip
until I can bring my stomach and ribs over it and trap it. Make sure you do this really well, so you can let
go of it and still have their wrist trapped. This is a little detail that a lot of people miss and leads to a lot of
omoplatas being escaped.

With their wrist trapped by my torso and hips, my left arm is free to pull my legs and arrange them in the
proper way to finish.

6 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

I bend my right leg until my foot touches my knee, and I fold my left leg back, with my toes point straight
back.

I raise my hips while pressing down on their arm with my right thigh and keeping weight on their hips and
back. I lean like I want to go diagonally forward and to the right, across their shoulders. And about now,
they should tap.

To be honest, you really can just go for this omoplata without them escaping an armbar, but I thought
presenting it this way would let me slip it by all of you that I actually give up mount to take a submission
that a lot of people find really hard to finish and usually just results in a sweep.

That said, here’s how to force them into the omoplata if they don’t want to come to their knees.

7 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

I am pushing their arm around my thigh like before.

And like before, I step all the way over with my other leg, only this time I triangle my legs too. To prevent
them from pulling out the back, I need to sit on their upper arm really tightly and pin it between my calf
and thigh.

This is also a common position after many omoplata sweeps, so you can apply this move then as well if
you want to just go back to trying to finish the omoplata as a submission. Which I sometimes do.

8 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

I put my head on the mat as I reach through with my right arm and do a shoulder roll towards his legs.

I keep rolling though, forcing his shoulder up and prompting him to try to get to his knees.

9 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

When they post on the mat with their far arm to try to get up, I’ll usually hook under it with my right
hand.

From here, I’ve basically got a crucifix where one of the arms is trapped by an omoplata. What I do from
here is best left for another day (and I took it all from Nino Schembri’s omoplata video).

Leave your response! (No Ratings Yet)

You must be logged in to post a comment.

10 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

Shoulder Exercises
Pain free shoulder program Shoulder exercises to
recover
ShoulderWithoutPain.com
7 Tips for Lean Flat Abs
Let's get real - ab exercises don't burn body fat,
but this method does
www.GetLeanAbs411.com
Better than Liposuction
Vaser - Safer Than Liposuction Low Down Time
Results In 1 Session!
www.tlcclinic.com
Shoulder tendonitis
New Amazing Treatment Tips for Sports Injury
Professionals - Free!
www.Sports-Coach.net

MMA/BJJ Gear Shop

MMAOutlet.com - Beginner's Guide to MMA Gear

Recent Posts

Going to Europe for Estonian BJJ/MMA Camp


The “No Posture” Pass
UPDATE: 10 Quick Tips on the FightWorks Podcast
Marcelo Garcia Seminar South Florida
10 Quick Tips for White Belts

Categories
BJJ Instructional Videos
Jiu-jitsu Techniques
How To Study Jiu-Jitsu
Training Methods
Teaching and Coaching
BJJ Concepts
Drills and Exercises
BJJ News
Schools
Tournaments
Interviews
Seminars
Instructional Reviews
Book Reviews
Gear Reviews
Not BJJ

Friends

Adam Adshead
Andreh Anderson
Christian Graugart
Felicia Oh
Gracie Barra Tampa
Jarvis

11 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

Jason Clarke
John Will
Ken Primola
Kevin H
Nicolas Gregoriades
Stephan Kesting

Archives
May 2009
April 2009
March 2009
February 2009
December 2008
November 2008
October 2008
September 2008
August 2008
May 2008
February 2008
November 2007
September 2007
August 2007
July 2007
June 2007
May 2007
April 2007
March 2007
February 2007
January 2007
December 2006
November 2006

Recent Comments

mastersdivision on 10 Quick Tips for White Belts


burien top team on The “No Posture” Pass
skyjo on Reverse Omoplata
Cockney Blue on The “No Posture” Pass
psyentific on Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida

Most Commented
How Much Do You Really Need?
The Jiu-jiteiro's Christmas Wish List
Out with the Old
Brabo Choke Homework: Baret Yoshida
Marcelo Garcia Seminar Notes - Day One

Most Viewed
10 Quick Tips for White Belts - 5,600 views
BJJ Gi Survey Results - 3,150 views
The “No Posture” Pass - 2,692 views

12 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41
S-mount Re-counter: Omoplata | Jiu-jitsu Techniques | Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu... http://www.aesopian.com/34/s-mount-re-counter-omoplata/

Do we need another BJJ forum? - 1,977 views


Brandon Quick’s 10th Planet Jiu-Jitsu Videos - 1,578 views

Powered by WordPress | Log in | Entries (RSS) | Comments (RSS) | Arthemia theme by Michael
Hutagalung

13 of 13 09/06/2009 8:41

También podría gustarte